WO2024051619A1 - Switching processing method and apparatus, and device - Google Patents

Switching processing method and apparatus, and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024051619A1
WO2024051619A1 PCT/CN2023/116645 CN2023116645W WO2024051619A1 WO 2024051619 A1 WO2024051619 A1 WO 2024051619A1 CN 2023116645 W CN2023116645 W CN 2023116645W WO 2024051619 A1 WO2024051619 A1 WO 2024051619A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
sensing
node
candidate
backscattering
switching
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/116645
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
李健之
丁圣利
姜大洁
Original Assignee
维沃移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 维沃移动通信有限公司 filed Critical 维沃移动通信有限公司
Publication of WO2024051619A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024051619A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements

Definitions

  • This application belongs to the field of communication perception integration technology, and specifically relates to a handover processing method, device and equipment.
  • Integrated Sensing and Communication has the potential to integrate wireless sensing into mobile networks, here called Perceptive Mobile Networks (PMNs).
  • PMNs Perceptive Mobile Networks
  • Sensing mobile networks are capable of providing both communication and wireless sensing services, and are expected to become a ubiquitous wireless sensing solution due to their large broadband coverage and strong infrastructure.
  • Perceptual mobile networks can be widely used in communication and sensing in the fields of transportation, communications, energy, precision agriculture, and security. It can also provide complementary sensing capabilities to existing sensor networks, with unique day and night operation capabilities and the ability to penetrate fog, foliage and even solid objects.
  • Point-to-point backscatter (BSC) technology has been widely used in radio frequency identification (Radio Frequency Identification, RFID) applications. Passive RFID tags can report to readers that interrogate in the near field (usually a few centimeters to one meter). Identification (ID).
  • IoT mainly consisted of RFID devices used in logistics and inventory management.
  • 6G 6th generation mobile communications technology
  • Synaesthesia integration can give rise to a series of new 6G applications, and synaesthesia integration based on low-power communication equipment will also become an important application scenario of 6G.
  • Wireless sensing based on Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) and Backscatter Communications technology can not only achieve basic sensing functions, but also obtain Additional perceptual target information is expected to further enhance perceptual/synaesthetic integration performance.
  • RFID Radio Frequency Identification
  • Backscatter Communications technology compared with device-free wireless sensing, can not only achieve basic sensing functions, but also obtain Additional perceptual target information is expected to further enhance perceptual/synaesthetic integration performance.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a switching processing method, device and equipment, which can solve the problem of how to switch sensing nodes and/or sensing backscattering devices in wireless sensing in which backscattering devices are not specified in related technologies.
  • the first aspect provides a switching processing method, including:
  • the first device sends switching request information to at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, where the switching request information is used to request the second candidate node to serve as the first sensing switch after the switching.
  • the first device receives switching response information sent by at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, where the switching response information is used to indicate the corresponding second candidate node and/or the second candidate
  • the backscattering device agrees to serve as the sensing node and/or the sensing backscattering device after switching;
  • the first device determines at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device from the candidate nodes and/or candidate backscattering devices that agree to the handover based on the handover response information;
  • the first device sends a switching command to at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device, where the switching command is used to notify the target node to perform the first sensing, and/or to notify the target backscattering device to participate.
  • the first perception is used to notify the target node to perform the first sensing, and/or to notify the target backscattering device to participate.
  • the second aspect provides a switching processing method, including:
  • the second candidate node receives the switching request information sent by the first device, and the switching request information is used to request the second candidate node to serve as the sensing node after the first sensing switch;
  • the first sensing is a backscattering device participating perception;
  • the second candidate node sends switching response information to the first device, where the switching response information is used to indicate that the corresponding second candidate node agrees to serve as the sensing node after switching;
  • the first candidate node receives the parameter configuration information sent by the first device; the parameter configuration information is used to configure the sensing parameters for the first candidate node to perform first sensing; the first sensing is sensing involving the backscattering device;
  • the first candidate node includes: a candidate node among the second candidate nodes that agrees to switch;
  • the first candidate node sends and/or receives the first signal corresponding to the first perception according to the parameter configuration information
  • the node receiving the first signal obtains the measured value of the first perceived perceptual measurement quantity according to the received first signal; the measured value of the perceptual measurement quantity is used to assist the first device to obtain the perceptual measurement quantity from the first signal.
  • At least one target node for performing the first sensing is determined among at least one first candidate node.
  • the third aspect provides a switching processing method, including:
  • the second candidate backscattering device receives switching request information sent by the first device, and the switching request information is used to request the second candidate backscattering device to serve as the sensing backscattering device after the first sensing switch; the first sensing backscattering device Perception involves the participation of backscattering devices;
  • the second candidate backscattering device sends switching response information to the first device, where the switching response information is used to indicate that the corresponding second candidate backscattering device agrees to serve as the switched sensing backscattering device;
  • the first candidate backscattering device receives parameter configuration information sent by the first device; the parameter configuration information is used to configure Sensing parameters that set the first candidate backscattering device to participate in the first perception; the first perception is the perception in which the backscattering device participates; the first candidate backscattering device includes: a second candidate backscattering device Candidate backscattering devices that agree to be switched;
  • the first candidate backscattering device performs reflection or scattering of the first signal corresponding to the first perception according to the parameter configuration information; the node receiving the first signal obtains the first signal according to the received first signal.
  • a measurement value of a sensing measurement quantity of the first perception; the measurement value of the perception measurement quantity is used to assist the first device in determining at least one participating device in the first perception from the at least one first candidate backscattering device.
  • Target backscatter equipment is used to assist the first device in determining at least one participating device in the first perception from the at least one first candidate backscattering device.
  • a switching processing device including:
  • a first sending module configured to send switching request information to at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, where the switching request information is used to request the second candidate node to serve as a first sensing switch
  • the subsequent sensing node, and/or is used to request the second candidate backscattering device as the sensing backscattering device after the first sensing switch;
  • the first sensing is the sensing in which the backscattering device participates;
  • a first receiving module configured to receive switching response information sent by at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, where the switching response information is used to indicate the corresponding second candidate node and/or the third candidate node.
  • the two candidate backscattering devices agree to serve as sensing nodes and/or sensing backscattering devices after switching;
  • a first determination module configured to determine at least one target node and/or at least one target backscatter device from candidate nodes and/or candidate backscatter devices that agree to switch, based on the handover response information
  • a second sending module configured to send a switching command to at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device, where the switching command is used to notify the target node to perform the first sensing, and/or to notify the target backscattering device.
  • the device participates in said first perception.
  • a first device in a fifth aspect, includes a processor and a memory.
  • the memory stores a program or instructions executable on the processor. The program or instructions are executed by the processor. When implementing the steps of the method described in the first aspect.
  • a first device including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used to send switching request information to at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device. , the switching request information is used to request the second candidate node to serve as the sensing node after the first sensing switch, and/or to request the second candidate backscattering device to serve as the sensing backscattering device after the first sensing switch.
  • the first perception is a perception in which the backscattering device participates; and to at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, sending switching request information, where the switching request information is used to request
  • the second candidate node serves as the sensing node after the first sensing switch, and/or is used to request the second candidate backscattering device as the sensing backscattering device after the first sensing switch; the first sensing For the perception of backscattering device participation;
  • the processor is used in the handover response information to determine at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device from candidate nodes and/or candidate backscattering devices that agree to handover ;
  • the communication interface is also used to send a switching command to at least one target node and/or at least one target backscatter device, the switching command is used to notify the target node to perform the first sensing, and/or to notify the target reverse Scattering devices participate in said first perception.
  • a switching processing device including:
  • the second receiving module is configured to receive switching request information sent by the first device, where the switching request information is used to request the second candidate node to serve as the sensing node after the first sensing switch; the first sensing is backscattering Perception of device involvement;
  • a third sending module configured to send switching response information to the first device, where the switching response information is used to indicate that the corresponding second candidate node agrees to serve as the sensing node after switching;
  • the third receiving module is used to receive parameter configuration information sent by the first device; the parameter configuration information is used to configure the sensing parameters of the first candidate node to perform first sensing; the first sensing is the participation of backscattering equipment perception;
  • a first perception processing module configured to send and/or receive the first signal corresponding to the first perception according to the parameter configuration information
  • the node receiving the first signal obtains the measured value of the first perceived perceptual measurement quantity according to the received first signal; the measured value of the perceptual measurement quantity is used to assist the first device to obtain the perceptual measurement quantity from the first signal.
  • At least one target node for performing the first sensing is determined among at least one first candidate node.
  • a node in an eighth aspect, includes a processor and a memory.
  • the memory stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor.
  • the program or instructions When the program or instructions are executed by the processor, the following implementations are implemented: The steps of the method described in the second aspect.
  • a node including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used to receive switching request information sent by the first device, and the switching request information is used to request the second candidate node as The sensing node after the first sensing switch; the first sensing is sensing involving the backscattering device; sending switching response information to the first device, where the switching response information is used to indicate that the corresponding second candidate node agrees to act as The switched sensing node; receives parameter configuration information sent by the first device; the parameter configuration information is used to configure the sensing parameters of the first candidate node to perform first sensing; the first sensing is a backscattering device participating Sensing; sending and/or receiving the first signal corresponding to the first sensing according to the parameter configuration information;
  • the node receiving the first signal obtains the measured value of the first perceived perceptual measurement quantity according to the received first signal; the measured value of the perceptual measurement quantity is used to assist the first device to obtain the perceptual measurement quantity from the first signal.
  • At least one target node for performing the first sensing is determined among at least one first candidate node.
  • a switching processing device including:
  • the fourth receiving module is configured to receive switching request information sent by the first device, where the switching request information is used to request the second candidate backscattering device as the sensing backscattering device after the first sensing switch; the first sensing backscattering device Perception involves the participation of backscattering devices;
  • a fourth sending module configured to send switching response information to the first device, where the switching response information is used to indicate that the corresponding second candidate backscattering device agrees to serve as the switched sensing backscattering device;
  • the fifth receiving module is used to receive parameter configuration information sent by the first device; the parameter configuration information is used to configure the sensing parameters of the first candidate backscattering device to participate in the first sensing; the first sensing is reverse perception of involvement of scattering devices;
  • the second perception processing module is configured to perform reflection or scattering of the first signal corresponding to the first perception according to the parameter configuration information; the node receiving the first signal obtains the first signal according to the received first signal.
  • a measured value of a perceived sensing measurement quantity; the measured value of the sensing measurement quantity is used to assist the first device in determining at least one target participating in the first sensing from the at least one first candidate backscattering device Backscatter equipment.
  • a backscattering device comprising a processor and a memory, the memory storing a program or instructions executable on the processor, the program or instructions being processed by the When the processor is executed, the steps of the method as described in the third aspect are implemented.
  • a backscattering device including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used to receive switching request information sent by the first device, and the switching request information is used to request the second device.
  • the candidate backscattering device serves as the sensing backscattering device after the first sensing switch; the first sensing is the sensing in which the backscattering device participates; and the switching response information is sent to the first device, and the switching response information is used to Instruct the corresponding second candidate backscattering device to agree to serve as the sensing backscattering device after switching; receive parameter configuration information sent by the first device; the parameter configuration information is used to configure the first candidate backscattering device to participate in the first A sensing parameter of sensing; the first sensing is sensing involving backscattering equipment; performing reflection or scattering of the first signal corresponding to the first sensing according to the parameter configuration information; receiving the first signal The node obtains a measured value of the first perceived per
  • a communication system including: a first device, a first candidate node, and a first candidate backscatter device, the first device being operable to perform the steps of the method described in the first aspect,
  • the first candidate node may be used to perform the steps of the method as described in the second aspect, and the first candidate backscattering device may be used to perform the steps of the method as described in the third aspect.
  • a readable storage medium is provided.
  • Programs or instructions are stored on the readable storage medium.
  • the steps of the method described in the first aspect are implemented, or the steps of the method are implemented.
  • a chip in a fifteenth aspect, includes a processor and a communication interface.
  • the communication interface is coupled to the processor.
  • the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the method described in the first aspect. method, or implement the method as described in the second aspect, or implement the method as described in the third aspect.
  • a computer program/program product is provided, the computer program/program product is stored in a storage medium, and the computer program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement as described in the first aspect
  • the first device serves as the response information of the switched sensing node and/or sensing backscattering device based on the consent fed back by at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, Select at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device to be switched, and send a switching command to the at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device, thereby realizing sensing nodes and/or sensing backscattering Device switching.
  • Figure 1 shows a block diagram of a wireless communication system to which embodiments of the present application can be applied
  • FIG. 2 shows one of the step flow charts of the handover processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 3 shows the second step flow chart of the handover processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 4 shows the third step flow chart of the handover processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 shows one of the structural schematic diagrams of the switching processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6 shows the second structural schematic diagram of the switching processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 shows the third structural schematic diagram of the switching processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 shows a schematic structural diagram of a network side device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 shows a schematic structural diagram of the core network equipment provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • first, second, etc. in the description and claims of this application are used to distinguish similar objects and are not used to describe a specific order or sequence. It is to be understood that the terms so used are interchangeable under appropriate circumstances so that the embodiments of the present application can be practiced in sequences other than those illustrated or described herein, and that "first" and “second” are distinguished objects It is usually one type, and the number of objects is not limited.
  • the first object can be one or multiple.
  • “and/or” in the description and claims indicates at least one of the connected objects, and the character “/" generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or” relationship.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-Advanced, LTE-A Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A Long Term Evolution
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • TDMA Time Division Multiple Access
  • FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • OFDMA Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • SC-FDMA Single-carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • NR New Radio
  • FIG. 1 shows a block diagram of a wireless communication system to which embodiments of the present application are applicable.
  • the wireless communication system includes a terminal 11 and a network side device 12.
  • the terminal 11 can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (Tablet Personal Computer), a laptop computer (Laptop Computer), or a notebook computer, a personal digital assistant (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), a handheld computer, a netbook, or a super mobile personal computer.
  • Tablet Personal Computer Tablet Personal Computer
  • laptop computer laptop computer
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • UMPC ultra-mobile personal computer
  • UMPC mobile Internet device
  • MID mobile Internet device
  • augmented reality augmented reality, AR
  • VR virtual reality
  • robots wearable devices
  • Vehicle user equipment VUE
  • pedestrian terminal pedestrian terminal
  • PUE pedestrian terminal
  • smart home home equipment with wireless communication functions, such as refrigerators, TVs, washing machines or furniture, etc.
  • game consoles personal computers (personal computer, PC), teller machine or self-service machine and other terminal-side devices.
  • Wearable devices include: smart watches, smart bracelets, smart headphones, smart glasses, smart jewelry (smart bracelets, smart bracelets, smart rings, smart necklaces, smart anklets) bracelets, smart anklets, etc.), smart wristbands, smart clothing, etc.
  • the network side equipment 12 may include access network equipment or core network equipment, where the access network equipment may also be called wireless access network equipment, radio access network (Radio Access Network, RAN), radio access network function or wireless access network unit.
  • Access network equipment can include base stations, Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) access points or WiFi nodes, etc.
  • WLAN Wireless Local Area Network
  • the base station can be called Node B, Evolved Node B (eNB), access point, base transceiver station ( Base Transceiver Station (BTS), radio base station, radio transceiver, Basic Service Set (BSS), Extended Service Set (ESS), home B-node, home evolved B-node, sending and receiving point ( Transmission Reception Point (TRP) or some other appropriate term in the field, as long as the same technical effect is achieved, the base station is not limited to specific technical terms. It should be noted that in the embodiment of this application, only the NR system is used The base station is introduced as an example, and the specific type of base station is not limited.
  • Core network equipment may include but is not limited to at least one of the following: core network nodes, core network functions, mobility management entities (Mobility Management Entity, MME), access mobility management functions (Access and Mobility Management Function, AMF), session management functions (Session Management Function, SMF), User Plane Function (UPF), Policy Control Function (PCF), Policy and Charging Rules Function (PCRF), Edge Application Services Discovery function (Edge Application Server Discovery Function, EASDF), unified data management (Unified Data Management, UDM), unified data warehousing (Unified Data Repository, UDR), home subscriber server (Home Subscriber Server, HSS), centralized network configuration ( Centralized network configuration, CNC), Network Repository Function (NRF), Network Exposure Function (NEF), Local NEF (Local NEF, or L-NEF), Binding Support Function (Binding Support Function, BSF), application function (Application Function, AF), etc.
  • MME mobility management entities
  • AMF Access and Mobility Management Function
  • SMF Session Management Function
  • a base station including one or more transmission and reception points on the base station
  • Reception Point TRP
  • user equipment User Equipment, UE
  • UE user equipment
  • Panel sub-arrays/panels
  • the first signal may be a signal that does not contain transmission information, such as existing LTE/NR synchronization and reference signals, including synchronization signals and physical broadcast channel (Synchronization Signal and PBCH block, SSB) signals, channel state information reference signals ( Channel State Information-Reference Signal (CSI-RS), Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS), Channel Sounding Reference Signal (SRS), Positioning Reference Signal (PRS), Phase Tracking Reference signal (Phase Tracking Reference Signal, PTRS), etc.; it can also be single-frequency continuous wave (CW), frequency modulated continuous wave (Frequency Modulated CW, FMCW) commonly used in radar, and ultra-wideband Gaussian pulse, etc.; it can also be new
  • the designed dedicated signal has good correlation characteristics and low peak-to-average power ratio, or the newly designed synaesthesia integrated signal not only carries certain information but also has good perceptual performance.
  • the new signal is spliced/combined/superimposed on at least one dedicated sensing signal/reference signal and at least one
  • sensing nodes are the same device, it can be divided into two sensing methods: A sending and B receiving, and A spontaneously receiving.
  • a sends and B receives means that the sensing signal is sent and received by two devices, that is, sensing node A and sensing node B are not the same device and are physically separated;
  • a spontaneously receives means that the sensing signal is sent and received by the same device. Execution, sensing node A senses by receiving the signal echo sent by itself.
  • the backscattering equipment may be coupled to the sensing target, that is, the backscattering device may be installed on the sensing target; it may also be reversed
  • the scattering device is decoupled from the sensing target, that is, the backscattering device is deployed in the environment around the sensing target.
  • the sensing node receives at least part of the first signal reflected/scattered by the backscattering device participating in sensing, and obtains a measurement value/sensing result of the sensing measurement quantity.
  • the number of backscattering devices participating in sensing can be greater than or equal to 1.
  • a node that sends and/or receives a sensing signal is called a sensing node, and the sensing node may be a base station or a UE.
  • the device that determines the sensing node and/or sensing backscattering device after handover can be a sensing node (such as a base station or UE), or a core network device (such as a sensing function network element (Sensing Function, SF), access and mobile Management function (Access and Mobility Management Function, AMF), aware application server in the core network, etc.).
  • a sensing node such as a base station or UE
  • a core network device such as a sensing function network element (Sensing Function, SF), access and mobile Management function (Access and Mobility Management Function, AMF), aware application server in the core network, etc.
  • the sensing node before switching is called the source node
  • the node after switching is called the target node
  • the node that may be selected as the target node is called the candidate node.
  • the sensing backscattering device before switching is called the source backscattering device
  • the sensing backscattering device after switching is called the target backscattering device
  • the backscattering device that may be selected as the target backscattering device is called Candidate backscattering devices.
  • this embodiment of the present application provides a handover processing method, which includes:
  • Step 201 The first device sends switching request information to at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, where the switching request information is used to request the second candidate node to serve as the first sensing device.
  • the sensing node, and/or is used to request the second candidate backscattering device as the sensing backscattering device after the first sensing switch; the first sensing is the sensing in which the backscattering device participates;
  • the first device may be a source node or a core network device, which is not specifically limited here.
  • Step 202 The first device receives switching response information sent by at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, where the switching response information is used to indicate the corresponding second candidate node and/or The second candidate backscatter device agrees to serve as a post-switch sensing node and/or sensing backscatter device;
  • Step 203 The first device determines at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device from the candidate nodes and/or candidate backscattering devices that agree to the handover based on the handover response information;
  • Step 204 The first device sends a switching command to at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device.
  • the switching command is used to notify the target node to perform the first sensing, and/or to notify the target backscattering device. Scattering devices participate in said first perception.
  • the first candidate node that has not received the switching command stops performing the first sensing, and/or the first candidate backscattering device that has not received the switching command stops participating in the first sensing.
  • the handover request information may include a soft handover request or a hard handover request.
  • the hard handover includes: the target node and/or the target backscattering device performs the first sensing; and the source sensing node and/or the source backscattering device ends the first sensing and releases the sensing resources;
  • the soft handover includes: the target node and/or the source backscattering device Or the target backscattering device performs the first sensing. After the number of measurements of the sensing measurement quantity is obtained for the preset number of times or the first sensing is performed for the preset time, the source sensing node and/or the source backscattering device ends the first sensing. and release sensing resources.
  • the determination of the second candidate node is based on at least one of the following information:
  • Sensing capability information of the second candidate node including sensing coverage, maximum bandwidth available for sensing, maximum duration of sensing services, supported sensing signal types and frame formats, UE antenna array information (array type, antenna number, array aperture, antenna polarization characteristics, array element gain and directivity characteristics, etc.));
  • the resource information currently available for sensing by the second candidate node including time resources (number of symbols, number of time slots, number of frames, etc.), frequency resources (number of Resource Block (RB), number of Resource Element (RE), total Bandwidth, available frequency band location, etc.), antenna resources (number of antennas/antenna sub-arrays), phase modulation resources (number of hardware phase shifters), orthogonal code resources (length and number of orthogonal codes, etc.);
  • Channel state information of the second candidate node including channel transfer function/channel impulse response of at least one communication link, channel quality indicator (Channel Quality Indicator, CQI), precoding matrix indicator (Precoding Matrix Indicator, PMI), At least one of CSI-RS resource indication, SSB resource indication, layer indicator (Layer Indicator, LI), rank indicator (Rank Indicator, RI), and layer 1 reference signal received power (Layer 1 reference signal received power, L1-RSRP)) .
  • step 203 includes:
  • the first device sends parameter configuration information to at least one first candidate node and/or at least one first candidate backscattering device according to the handover response information; the parameter configuration information is used to configure the first candidate node to execute the first a sensing parameter for sensing and/or sensing parameters for configuring the first candidate backscattering device to participate in the first sensing;
  • the first device obtains a measurement value of a first sensing sensing measurement quantity in which the at least one first candidate node and/or the at least one first candidate backscattering device participates based on the parameter configuration information;
  • the first device determines at least one target node and/or at least one target backscatter device from the at least one first candidate node and/or at least one first candidate backscatter device based on the measurement value;
  • the first candidate node includes: a candidate node among the second candidate nodes that agrees to switch; and/or the first candidate backscatter device includes: a candidate backscatter device among the second candidate backscatter devices that agrees to switch. Scattering equipment.
  • based on at least one measurement value of at least one perceptual measurement quantity further calculation can obtain a perceptual result; or, at least one measurement value of at least one perceptual measurement quantity can also be called a perceptual result, which is not specifically limited here. ;
  • the first device obtains the actual measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity; in another implementation manner, the first device obtains the judgment result of whether the actual measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity meets the preset threshold.
  • the first device if only the sensing node is switched, the first device only needs to select at least one target node; or, if only the sensing backscattering device is switched, the first device only needs to select At least one target backscattering device; or, if both sensing nodes and sensing backscattering devices are switched, the first device needs to select at least one target node and at least one target backscattering device.
  • the first-level measurement quantity (received signal/original channel information), including: received signal/channel response complex results, amplitude/phase, I channel/Q channel and its operation results (operations include addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, matrix addition, subtraction and multiplication , matrix transposition, trigonometric relationship operations, square root operations, power operations, etc., as well as threshold detection results, maximum/minimum value extraction results of the above operation results, etc.; operations also include Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)/ Inverse Fast Fourier Transform (IFFT), Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT)/Inverse Discrete Fourier Transform (IDFT), Two-dimensional Fast Fourier Transform (Two -Dimensional Fast Fourier Transform (2D-FFT), Three-Dimensional Fast Fourier Transform (3D-FFT), matched filtering, autocorrelation operation, wavelet transform and digital filtering, etc., as well as the threshold of the above operation results Detection results, maximum/minimum value
  • Second-level measurement quantities (basic measurement quantities), including: delay, Doppler, angle, intensity, and their multi-dimensional combination representation;
  • Third-level measurement quantities including: distance, speed, orientation, spatial position, and acceleration;
  • the fourth level measurement quantity (advanced attributes/status), including: target existence, trajectory, movement, expression, vital signs, quantity, imaging results, weather, air quality, shape, material, composition.
  • the above-mentioned perceptual measurement quantity also includes corresponding label information:
  • Sensing business information such as sensing business ID
  • Sensing node information (such as UE ID, node location, device orientation);
  • Sensing link information (such as sensing link sequence number, sending and receiving node identification);
  • Measurement quantity description information (form, such as amplitude value, phase value, complex value combining amplitude and phase; resource type, such as time domain measurement results, frequency domain resource measurement results);
  • Measurement quantity indicator information such as Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR), perceived SNR.
  • SNR Signal-to-Noise Ratio
  • the parameter configuration information mentioned in the embodiments of the present application is perception-related parameter configuration information, where the perception-related parameter configuration information includes at least one of the following (for simplicity of expression, the following description will be reversed: Scattering equipment is referred to as Tag):
  • Waveform types such as Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM), SC-FDMA, Orthogonal Time Frequency Space (OTFS), FMCW, pulse signals, etc.;
  • OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
  • SC-FDMA Orthogonal Time Frequency Division Multiplexing
  • OTFS Orthogonal Time Frequency Space
  • FMCW pulse signals, etc.
  • Subcarrier spacing For example, the subcarrier spacing of OFDM system is 30KHz;
  • Guard interval the time interval from the time when the signal ends sending to the time when the latest echo signal of the signal is received; this parameter is proportional to the maximum sensing distance; for example, it can be calculated by 2d max /c, d max is the maximum Sensing distance (belonging to sensing requirements), for example, for spontaneous self-received sensing signals, d max represents the maximum distance from the sensing signal transceiving point to the signal transmitting point; in some cases, OFDM signal cyclic prefix (CP) can play a role to the role of the minimum guard interval;
  • CP OFDM signal cyclic prefix
  • Bandwidth This parameter is inversely proportional to the distance resolution and can be obtained by c/(2 ⁇ d), where ⁇ d is the distance resolution (belonging to the perception requirements); c is the speed of light;
  • This parameter is inversely proportional to the rate resolution (belongs to sensing requirements).
  • This parameter is the time span of the sensing signal, mainly for calculating the Doppler frequency offset; this parameter can be calculated by c/(2f c ⁇ v ) is calculated; where ⁇ v is the velocity resolution; f c is the carrier frequency of the sensing signal;
  • Time domain interval This parameter can be calculated by c/(2f c v range ); where v range is the maximum rate minus the minimum speed (belonging to the sensing requirements); this parameter is the time between two adjacent sensing signals interval;
  • Transmit signal power for example, take a value every 2dBm from -20dBm to 23dBm;
  • Signal format such as SRS, DMRS, PRS, etc., or other predefined signals, as well as related sequence format and other information;
  • Signal direction such as sensing signal direction or beam information
  • Time resources such as the time slot index where the sensing signal is located or the symbol index of the time slot; among them, time resources are divided into two types, one is a one-time time resource, such as one symbol transmits an omnidirectional sensing signal; the other is a non- once Periodic time resources, such as multiple groups of periodic time resources or discontinuous time resources (can include start time and end time). Each group of periodic time resources sends sensing signals in the same direction, and different groups of periodic time resources The beam directions on the resources are different;
  • Frequency resources include the center frequency point of the sensing signal, bandwidth, RB or subcarrier, A node (Point A), starting bandwidth position, etc.;
  • the sensing signal includes multiple resources, each resource is associated with an SSB QCL, and the QCL includes Type A, B, C or D;
  • Antenna configuration information of the sensing node including at least one of the following:
  • Antenna element ID or antenna port ID used to send and/or receive sensing signals
  • Panel ID + array element ID used to send and/or receive sensing signals
  • the position information of the antenna element used to send and/or receive sensing signals relative to a local reference point on the antenna array can use Cartesian coordinates (x, y, z) or spherical coordinates express);
  • the position information of the panel used to send and/or receive sensing signals relative to a local reference point on the antenna array can use Cartesian coordinates (x, y, z) or spherical coordinates Represented), and the position information of these antenna elements used to send sensing signals in the selected panel relative to a unified reference point in the panel (such as the center point of the panel) (can use Cartesian coordinates (x, y, z) or spherical coordinate express);
  • the bitmap information of the antenna array element uses “1" to indicate that the array element is selected for sending and/or receiving sensing signals, and uses “0" to indicate that the array element is not selected (and vice versa);
  • bitmap information of the array panel For example: the bitmap uses “1" to indicate that the panel is selected for sending and/or receiving sensing signals, and uses “0" to indicate that the array element is not selected (the reverse can also be true). And the bitmap information of these array elements in the selected panel;
  • Threshold information is a threshold value used for at least one of the source node, the core network device, and the candidate node to determine whether the obtained sensing measurement value meets the first condition.
  • the threshold values may be different; for any candidate node and/or candidate tag, the sensing measurement quantity and its corresponding threshold value may be greater than 1; the first condition is: obtaining sensing The corresponding candidate node/candidate tag of the measurement value can be used as the target node/target tag;
  • the backscatter tag ID involved in sensing and its associated information related to the sensing signal configuration is not limited to the RFID Evolved Packet Core (EPC), but can also be a new device. ID;
  • the initial phase of the sensed signal including the initial phase of the signal on each channel (applicable to tags based on phase modulation);
  • Tag antenna configuration information including at least one of the following: tag antenna element ID or tag antenna port ID used to receive and send sensing signals, tag panel ID+array element ID used to receive and send sensing signals, tag antenna element ID used to receive and send sensing signals,
  • the position information of the tag antenna element that senses the signal relative to a local reference point on the antenna array can be calculated using Descartes Coordinates (x, y, z) or spherical coordinates represents), the position information of the tag panel used to receive and transmit sensing signals relative to a local reference point on the antenna array (can use Cartesian coordinates (x, y, z) or spherical coordinates Represented), and the position information of these antenna elements used to send sensing signals in the selected panel relative to a unified reference point in the panel (such as the center point of the panel) (can use Cartesian coordinates (x, y, z) or spherical coordinate indicates), the bitmap information of the tag antenna element (for example: the bitmap uses "
  • the position information of the local reference point of the Tag antenna array relative to at least one sensing node can use Cartesian coordinates (x, y, z) or spherical coordinates express);
  • the modulation mode indication information applicable to the tag indicates that the modulation mode adopted by the tag includes: amplitude modulation mode, phase modulation mode, frequency modulation, and any combined modulation mode of at least two of the above modes, such as amplitude-phase modulation, etc.;
  • Tag amplitude modulation configuration information that is, the amplitude configuration information used to adjust the reflected signal by the tag, including the amplitude range of continuous amplitude modulation, or the discrete state corresponding to discrete amplitude modulation;
  • Tag phase modulation configuration information that is, the phase configuration information used to adjust the reflected signal by the tag, including the phase range of continuous phase modulation, or the discrete state corresponding to discrete phase modulation
  • Tag frequency modulation configuration information that is, frequency configuration information used for tag adjustment of reflected signals, including the frequency range of continuous frequency modulation, or the discrete state corresponding to discrete frequency modulation;
  • the signal modulation method involved in the tag communication part of the sensing signal includes Double Side Band Amplitude-shift keying (DSB-ASK) and Single Side Band Amplitude-shift keying.
  • SSB-ASK Double Side Band Amplitude-shift keying
  • PR-ASK Phase-reversal ASK
  • FSK Frequency-shift keying
  • BPSK Binary Phase Shift Keying
  • QPSK Positive Quadrature Phase Shift Keying
  • QAM Quadrature Amplitude Modulation
  • the sensing signal involves the data encoding method and frame format of the tag communication part.
  • the coding method that needs to be determined may be binary coding, Manchester code, Bi-Phase Space Coding (FM0), delayed modulation code (The Miller code), non-return-to-zero code (Non-return- to-zero Code, NRZ), Bipolar Nonreturn-to-zero Coding (BNRZ), Non-return Zero-Inverted, NRZ-I), pulse width coding, etc.
  • FM0 Bi-Phase Space Coding
  • FM0 delayed modulation code
  • Non-return-to-zero code Non-return- to-zero Code
  • BNRZ Bipolar Nonreturn-to-zero Coding
  • Non-return Zero-Inverted, NRZ-I Non-return Zero-Inverted
  • pulse width coding etc.
  • the frame format that needs to be determined includes the determination of the leader preamble or frame synchronization (Frame Synchronization, frame-s
  • Tag encryption algorithm type such as 16-bit cyclic redundancy check (Cyclic Redundancy Check 16, CRC16) or 24-bit cyclic redundancy check (Cyclic Redundancy Check 24, CRC24), etc.;
  • FEC forward error correction
  • the first sensing includes: a first sensing node sends a first signal, and a second sensing node receives at least part of the first signal reflected or scattered by the backscattering device;
  • the at least one first candidate node includes: at least one first candidate node of the first sensing node, and/or at least one first candidate node of the second sensing node.
  • the first sensing is that the first sensing node sends a first signal and the second sensing node receives the first signal, and at least part of the received signal is the first signal reflected/scattered by the backscattering device.
  • the first sensing switching in this scenario includes: only sensing node switching, only sensing backscattering device switching, and switching of both sensing nodes and sensing backscattering devices;
  • the switching of sensing nodes includes: switching of only the first sensing node, switching of only the second sensing node, and switching of the first sensing node and the second sensing node.
  • the first sensing includes: a third sensing node sends a first signal, and the third sensing node receives at least part of the first signal reflected or scattered by the backscattering device;
  • the at least one first candidate node includes: at least one first candidate node of the third sensing node.
  • the first sensing is that the third sensing node sends the first signal and the third sensing node receives the first signal, that is, the third sensing node spontaneously receives the first signal, and at least part of the received signal is reflected/scattered by the backscattering device. the first signal.
  • the first sensing switching in this scenario includes: only sensing node switching, only sensing backscattering device switching, and switching of both sensing nodes and sensing backscattering devices;
  • the switching of the sensing node includes: switching of the third sensing node.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first device receives rejection information sent by at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, where the rejection information is used to indicate the corresponding second candidate node and/or the second candidate backscattering device.
  • the scattering device does not agree to act as a switched sensing node and/or sensing backscattering device;
  • the second candidate node and/or the second candidate backscattering device that sends the rejection information does not participate in the sensing measurement of the first sensing.
  • the second candidate node and/or the second candidate backscattering device does not agree to serve as the sensing node and/or the sensing backscattering device after switching, no information is sent to the first device, If the first device does not receive information fed back by the second candidate node and/or the second candidate backscattering device within a preset time period after sending the switching request information, the second candidate node and/or the second candidate backscattering device will default to Scatter devices are rejected as sense nodes and/or sense backscatter devices after switching.
  • the subsequent processing may be one of the following:
  • the first device re-determines the second candidate node and/or the second candidate backscattering device
  • step 203 includes:
  • the first device determines, from the at least one first candidate node and/or at least one first candidate backscattering device, the first candidate node and/or the first candidate backscattering device whose measurement value satisfies a preset threshold condition.
  • the forward scattering device is the target node and/or the target backscattering device.
  • the first device determines whether the actual measured value of the perceptual measurement quantity satisfies a preset threshold condition, and selects the target node and/or the target backscattering device from the first candidate node and/or the first candidate backscattering device. equipment;
  • the candidate node that receives the first signal reflected or scattered by the backscattering device determines by itself whether the actual measured value of the perceptual measurement quantity meets the preset threshold condition, and feeds back the judgment result to the first device (that is, whether it satisfies the Preset threshold conditions), the first device selects the target node and/or the target backscatter device from the first candidate node and/or the first candidate backscatter device according to the judgment result.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first device performs a first operation;
  • the first action includes any of the following:
  • Continuing to perform the first perception can also be understood as maintaining the current first perception.
  • the first device when switching of sensing backscattering devices is required, sends switching request information to at least one second candidate backscattering device, including:
  • the first device sends handover request information to at least one second candidate backscatter device through the first aware backscatter device inventory process.
  • node A when the first device is node A that sends the first signal, node A can use a select command to select at least some backscattering devices within the coverage of the first signal for inventory. Node A sends handover request information to any at least one second candidate backscattering device through the 16-bit Random Number (RN16) and command field of the Acknowledgment message (ACK).
  • R16 16-bit Random Number
  • ACK Acknowledgment message
  • the method before sending the switching request information to the second candidate backscattering device, the method further includes:
  • the first device determines at least one second candidate backscattering device based on the first information of the backscattering device within the coverage of the first signal; the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • Movement status information of backscattering equipment including movement speed, movement direction, time period of remaining stationary/moving, etc.
  • Sensing capability information of backscattering equipment including sensing coverage, maximum bandwidth available for sensing, maximum duration of sensing services, supported sensing signal types and frame formats, backscattering device antenna array information (including array type , number of antennas, array aperture, antenna polarization characteristics, array element gain and directivity characteristics, etc.);
  • the resource information that the backscattering device can currently use for sensing including time resources (number of symbols, number of time slots, frames number, etc.), frequency resources (number of RBs (Resource Blocks, resource blocks), number of REs (Resource Elements, resource units), total bandwidth, available frequency band locations, etc.), antenna resources (number of antennas/antenna sub-arrays), phase modulation resources (Number of hardware phase shifters), orthogonal code resources (length and quantity of orthogonal codes), etc.;
  • Channel status information of backscatter equipment including channel transfer function/channel impulse response of at least one communication link, channel quality indicator (Channel Quality Indicator, CQI), precoding matrix indicator (Precoding Matrix Indicator, PMI), channel status Information reference signal (Channel State Information Reference Signal, CSI-RS) resource indication, synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel signal block (Synchronization Signal and PBCH block, SSB) resource indication, layer indication (LI), rank indication (RI) and L1 Reference signal received power (Layer 1 reference signal received power, L1-RSRP) and at least one other item.
  • channel quality indicator Channel Quality Indicator, CQI
  • Precoding Matrix Indicator, PMI Precoding Matrix Indicator
  • CSI-RS Channel State Information Reference Signal
  • CSI-RS Channel State Information Reference Signal
  • CSI-RS Channel State Information Reference Signal
  • SSB synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel signal block
  • layer indication LI
  • rank indication RI
  • L1 Reference signal received power Layer 1 reference
  • Obtaining the first information can be achieved through a backscattering device inventory process.
  • the backscattering device feeds back the first information of the backscattering device to node A by checking RN16 in the ACK sent by node A.
  • the second candidate backscattering device may be a sensing backscattering device deployed on the sensing target, or may be a sensing backscattering device deployed at any position in the sensing environment.
  • the first-aware switching process includes:
  • the target node and/or the target backscattering device performs the first sensing; and the source sensing node and/or the source backscattering device ends the first sensing and releases sensing resources; this can be called a hard handover;
  • the target node and/or the target backscattering device performs the first sensing. After the number of measurements of the sensing measurement quantity has been obtained for a preset number of times or the first sensing has been performed for a preset time, the source sensing node and/or the source backscattering device Ending the first sensing and releasing sensing resources; it can be called soft handover.
  • the network after determining the target node and/or target backscattering device, the network performs a handover operation.
  • a handover operation Specifically, two methods, hard handover and soft handover, can be used:
  • the source sensing node and/or the source backscattering device ends the first sensing and releases sensing resources; at the same time or after this, the target node and/or the target backscattering device performs the first sensing;
  • the target node and/or the target backscattering device performs the first sensing. After the number of measurements of the sensing measurement quantity is obtained reaches the preset number or the first sensing is performed for the preset time, the source sensing node and/or the target backscattering device perform the first sensing. Or the source backscatter device ends the first sensing and releases sensing resources.
  • the method also includes:
  • the first device sends a sensing end command to the first sensing source sensing node and/or source backscatter device, where the sensing end command is used to indicate the end of the corresponding source sensing node and/or source backscattering device. Participate in said first perception. That is, after receiving the sensing end command, the source sensing node and/or the source backscattering device ends participating in the first sensing and releases sensing resources.
  • the first device sends a sensing end command to the first sensed source backscattering device, including:
  • the first device sends a sensing end command to the source backscatter device through the first sensed backscatter device inventory process. For example, when the first device is node A that sends the first signal, node A passes the ACK message RN16 and the command field, send a sensing end command to any at least one source backscattering device.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first device sends at least part of the historical information of the first perception to the target node; wherein the historical information includes at least one of the following:
  • Historical perception results wherein, based on at least one measurement value of at least one perception measurement quantity, further calculation can obtain the perception result; or, at least one measurement value of at least one perception measurement quantity can also be called a perception result, which will not be done here.
  • the method before the first device sends handover request information to the second candidate node and/or the second candidate backscattering device, the method further includes: the network performs handover measurement, and the first device According to the measurement report obtained from the handover measurement, decide whether to initiate a handover; if the handover is not initiated, the current first sensing can be maintained or ended; if the handover is initiated, a handover request is sent to the second candidate node and/or the second candidate backscattering device. information.
  • the network performs handover measurement steps including:
  • Node A sends a handover measurement request to node B. After receiving the handover measurement request, node B performs handover measurement and feeds back a handover measurement report to node A;
  • the core network device (such as the sensing function network element) sends a handover measurement request to Node B.
  • Node B After receiving the handover measurement request, Node B performs handover measurement and feeds back the handover measurement report to the core network device; optionally, Node B or the core
  • the network device sends a handover measurement report to node A.
  • the core network device or Node A Before Node B performs handover measurement, the core network device or Node A sends handover measurement configuration information necessary for handover measurement to Node B. Alternatively, the handover measurement configuration information is included in the handover measurement request.
  • the network performs handover measurement steps including:
  • the core network equipment (such as sensing function network element) sends a handover measurement request to node A (such as a base station or UE). After receiving the handover measurement request, node A performs handover measurement and feeds back a handover measurement report to the core network equipment;
  • node A actively performs handover measurement and obtains a handover measurement report.
  • node A sends a handover measurement report to the core network device.
  • the handover measurement configuration information includes at least one of the following:
  • Measurement object one or more first signals indicating source nodes and/or candidate nodes that need to be measured, as well as sensing measurement quantities and sensing parameter configuration information related to the first signals;
  • Switch measurement report configuration including reporting principles, such as periodic reporting or event triggering principles; measurement report format, such as the maximum number of reported cells and number of beams;
  • Measurement events and related parameters including measurement event definitions, event-related parameters, switching decision conditions, etc.;
  • Measurement ID Measurement ID. Each measurement ID corresponds to a measurement object and a switching measurement report configuration
  • the handover measurement report at least includes the measurement results of the sensing measurement quantities required for the handover measurement; the sensing measurement quantities required for the handover measurement may include the sensing measurement quantities of the current sensing service.
  • the triggering events for the network to perform handover measurement include:
  • the sensing measurement amount obtained by node A or node B reaches the preset threshold. For example, at least one of the sensing signal received power, sensing SNR, sensing SINR, distance/speed/angle measurement value, etc. satisfies the preset switching threshold.
  • the communication measurement volume obtained by node A or node B reaches the preset threshold.
  • the communication measurement quantity includes at least one of the following: Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP), Signal Noise Ratio (SNR), Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR), Reference Signal Received Quality (RSRQ), Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI), bit error rate, block error rate, throughput, spectrum efficiency, etc.
  • RSRP Reference Signal Received Power
  • SNR Signal Noise Ratio
  • SINR Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio
  • RSRQ Reference Signal Received Quality
  • RSSI Received Signal Strength Indicator
  • node A and/or node B change. For example, if other high-priority integrated sensing/communication/synaesthesia services burst out, it is necessary to evaluate whether to initiate a sensing handover process based on the remaining available sensing resources.
  • the network is triggered to perform handover measurements.
  • the first device selects based on the measurement value of the first sensing measurement quantity of the at least one first candidate node and/or the at least one first candidate backscatter device based on the parameter configuration information. At least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device to be switched, and sending a switching command to the at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device, thereby realizing the sensing node and/or the sensing backscattering device switch.
  • this embodiment of the present application also provides a handover processing method, including:
  • Step 301 The second candidate node receives the switching request information sent by the first device.
  • the switching request information is used to request the second candidate node to serve as the sensing node after the first sensing switch; the first sensing is backscattering. Perception of device involvement;
  • the handover request information may include a soft handover request or a hard handover request.
  • the hard handover includes: the target node and/or the target backscattering device performs the first sensing; and the source sensing node and/or the source backscattering device ends the first sensing and releases sensing resources;
  • the soft handover includes: the target node and/or the source backscattering device Or the target backscattering device performs the first sensing. After the number of times of obtaining the measurement value of the sensing measurement quantity reaches the preset number or the first sensing reaches the preset time, the source sensing node and/or the source backscattering device ends the first sensing. and release sensing resources;
  • Step 302 The second candidate node sends switching response information to the first device, where the switching response information is used to indicate that the corresponding second candidate node agrees to serve as the sensing node after switching;
  • Step 303 The first candidate node receives the parameter configuration information sent by the first device; the parameter configuration information is used to Configuring the sensing parameters of the first candidate node to perform first sensing; the first sensing is sensing involving backscattering equipment; the first candidate node includes: a candidate node among the second candidate nodes that agrees to switch;
  • the first device may be a source node or a core network device, which is not specifically limited here.
  • Step 304 The first candidate node sends and/or receives the first signal corresponding to the first perception according to the parameter configuration information;
  • the node receiving the first signal obtains the measured value of the first perceived perceptual measurement quantity according to the received first signal; the measured value of the perceptual measurement quantity is used to assist the first device to obtain the perceptual measurement quantity from the first signal.
  • At least one target node for performing the first sensing is determined among at least one first candidate node.
  • based on at least one measurement value of at least one perceptual measurement quantity further calculation can obtain a perceptual result; or, at least one measurement value of at least one perceptual measurement quantity can also be called a perceptual result, which is not specifically limited here. ;
  • what the first device obtains is the actual measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity; or, what the first device obtains is the judgment result of whether the actual measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity satisfies the preset threshold condition.
  • the first device determines whether the actual measured value of the perceptual measurement quantity satisfies a preset threshold condition, and selects the target node and/or the target backscattering device from the first candidate node and/or the first candidate backscattering device. equipment;
  • the candidate node that receives the first signal reflected or scattered by the backscattering device determines by itself whether the actual measured value of the perceptual measurement quantity meets the preset threshold condition, and feeds back the judgment result to the first device (that is, whether it satisfies the Preset threshold conditions), the first device selects the target node and/or the target backscatter device from the first candidate node and/or the first candidate backscatter device according to the judgment result.
  • the first sensing includes: a first sensing node sends a first signal, and a second sensing node receives at least part of the first signal reflected or scattered by the backscattering device;
  • the at least one first candidate node includes: at least one first candidate node of the first sensing node, and/or at least one first candidate node of the second sensing node.
  • the first sensing is that the first sensing node sends a first signal and the second sensing node receives the first signal, and at least part of the received signal is the first signal reflected/scattered by the backscattering device.
  • the first sensing switching in this scenario includes: only sensing node switching, only sensing backscattering device switching, and switching of both sensing nodes and sensing backscattering devices;
  • the switching of sensing nodes includes: switching of only the first sensing node, switching of only the second sensing node, and switching of the first sensing node and the second sensing node.
  • the first sensing includes: a third sensing node sends a first signal, and the third sensing node receives at least part of the first signal reflected or scattered by the backscattering device;
  • the at least one first candidate node includes: at least one first candidate node of the third sensing node.
  • the first sensing is that the third sensing node sends the first signal and the third sensing node receives the first signal, that is, the third sensing node spontaneously receives the first signal, and at least part of the received signal is reflected/scattered by the backscattering device. the first signal.
  • the first sensing switching in this scenario includes: only sensing node switching, only sensing backscattering device switching, and switching of both sensing nodes and sensing backscattering devices;
  • the second candidate node that receives the handover request information sent by the first device does not switch, it sends rejection information to the first device, where the rejection information is used to indicate that the corresponding second candidate node does not agree to act as a switch. Sensing node after switching;
  • the second candidate node that sends the rejection information does not participate in the sensing measurement of the first sensing.
  • the second candidate node if it does not agree to serve as the sensing node after switching, it does not send any information to the first device.
  • the first device does not receive the switching request information within the preset time period after sending it. If the information fed back by the second candidate node is received, the second candidate node will be rejected as the sensing node after switching by default.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first candidate node receives the switching command sent by the first device and determines the first candidate node to be the target node; the switching command is used to notify the target node to perform the first sensing;
  • the first sensing is continued according to the switching command.
  • the method also includes:
  • the first candidate node If the first candidate node does not receive the switching command sent by the first device, it stops performing the first sensing.
  • the first device selects at least one target node to be switched based on the measurement value of the first sensing measurement quantity in which the at least one first candidate node participates based on the parameter configuration information, and sends the signal to at least one The target node sends a switching command to realize switching of the sensing node.
  • this embodiment of the present application also provides a handover processing method, including:
  • Step 401 The second candidate backscattering device receives switching request information sent by the first device, where the switching request information is used to request the second candidate backscattering device to serve as the sensing backscattering device after the first sensing switch; so The first perception is the perception involving the backscattering device;
  • the handover request information may include a soft handover request or a hard handover request.
  • the hard handover includes: the target node and/or the target backscattering device performs the first sensing; and the source sensing node and/or the source backscattering device ends the first sensing and releases sensing resources;
  • the soft handover includes: the target node and/or the source backscattering device Or the target backscattering device performs the first sensing. After the number of times of obtaining the measurement value of the sensing measurement quantity reaches the preset number or the first sensing reaches the preset time, the source sensing node and/or the source backscattering device ends the first sensing. and release sensing resources;
  • Step 402 The second candidate backscattering device sends switching response information to the first device.
  • the switching response information is used to indicate that the corresponding second candidate backscattering device agrees to serve as the sensing backscattering device after switching. ;
  • Step 403 The first candidate backscattering device receives the parameter configuration information sent by the first device; the parameter configuration information is used to configure the sensing parameters of the first candidate backscattering device to participate in the first sensing; the first sensing It is the perception of the participation of backscattering devices; the first candidate backscattering device includes: a candidate backscattering device among the second candidate backscattering devices that agrees to switch;
  • the first device may be a source node or a core network device, which is not specifically limited here.
  • Step 404 The first candidate backscattering device performs reflection or scattering of the first signal corresponding to the first perception according to the parameter configuration information; the node receiving the first signal performs reflection or scattering according to the received first signal. Obtain the measured value of the first perceived perceptual measurement quantity; the measured value of the perceptual measurement quantity is used to assist the first device from the to At least one target backscattering device participating in the first sensing is determined from among the at least one first candidate backscattering device.
  • At least one measurement value of at least one sensory measurement quantity can obtain the perception result; or, at least one measurement value of at least one perception measurement quantity can also be called a perception result, which will not be specified here. limited;
  • what the first device obtains is the actual measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity; or, what the first device obtains is the judgment result of whether the actual measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity satisfies the preset threshold condition.
  • the first device determines whether the actual measured value of the perceptual measurement quantity satisfies a preset threshold condition, and selects the target node and/or the target backscattering device from the first candidate node and/or the first candidate backscattering device. equipment;
  • the candidate node that receives the first signal reflected or scattered by the backscattering device determines by itself whether the actual measured value of the perceptual measurement quantity meets the preset threshold condition, and feeds back the judgment result to the first device (that is, whether it satisfies the Preset threshold conditions), the first device selects the target node and/or the target backscatter device from the first candidate node and/or the first candidate backscatter device according to the judgment result.
  • the first candidate backscattering device can directly reflect/scatter without performing any processing on the first signal; it can also perform information modulation on the first signal before performing reflection/scattering.
  • the modulation method can be amplitude modulation, phase modulation, frequency modulation, or any combination of at least two of the above methods, which is not specifically limited here.
  • the second candidate backscattering device that receives the switching request information sent by the first device does not switch, it sends rejection information to the first device, where the rejection information is used to indicate the corresponding second candidate backscattering device.
  • the backscatter device does not agree as a perceptual backscatter device after switching;
  • the second candidate backscattering device that sends the rejection information does not participate in the sensing measurement of the first sensing.
  • the second candidate backscattering device if the second candidate backscattering device does not agree to be the sensing candidate backscattering device after switching, no information is sent to the first device.
  • the first device sends the switching request information in advance. If no feedback information from the second candidate backscattering device is received within the time period, the second candidate backscattering device will be rejected as the sensing selected backscattering device after switching by default.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first candidate backscattering device receives the switching command sent by the first device, and determines the first candidate backscattering device to be the target backscattering device; the switching command is used to notify the target backscattering device to participate said first perception;
  • the method also includes:
  • the first candidate backscattering device does not receive the switching command sent by the first device, it stops participating in the first sensing.
  • the first device selects at least one target backscatter to be switched based on the measured value of the first sensed sensing measurement quantity in which the at least one first candidate backscattering device participates based on the parameter configuration information. device, and sends a switching command to at least one target backscatter device, thereby realizing switching of the sensing backscatter device.
  • Example 1 the first sensing mode (node A sends the first signal and node B receives the first signal reflected or scattered by the Tag), only sensing node switching
  • Step 1 The network performs handover measurements.
  • Node A sends a handover measurement request to node B. After receiving the handover measurement request, node B performs handover measurement and feeds back a handover measurement report to node A;
  • the core network device (such as the sensing function network element) sends a handover measurement request to Node B.
  • Node B After receiving the handover measurement request, Node B performs handover measurement and feeds back the handover measurement report to the core network device; optionally, Node B or the core
  • the network device sends a handover measurement report to node A.
  • the core network device or Node A Before Node B performs handover measurement, the core network device or Node A sends handover measurement configuration information necessary for handover measurement to Node B. Alternatively, the handover measurement configuration information is included in the handover measurement request.
  • Step 2 Based on the handover measurement report, decide whether to initiate handover.
  • node A reports a handover measurement report to the core network device, and the core network device decides whether to initiate a handover request.
  • the core network device decides whether to initiate a handover request based on the handover measurement report received from the node B.
  • Node B decides whether to initiate a handover request based on the handover measurement report.
  • subsequent processing may be to maintain or end the current first sensing.
  • Node A or node B or core network equipment sends first request information to at least one second candidate node B.
  • the first request information requests the first request information recipient to serve as a sensing node after switching and receive tag reflection/scattering. the first signal.
  • the source node A or node B or the core network device sends second request information to at least one second candidate node A, where the second request information requests the recipient of the second request information to serve as a post-switched sensing node and send a first signal.
  • the core network device sends the first request information to at least one second candidate node B, and sends the second request information to at least one second candidate node A.
  • the first request information and/or the second request information may include a soft handover request.
  • Step 3 The second candidate node (A and/or B) decides whether to agree to the handover. Discuss separately according to different switching nodes:
  • the second candidate node B sends the first response information to the first request information sender.
  • the first response information indicates the first request information sender.
  • the first response information sender agrees to switch. After the switch, it receives the tag reflection /Scattered first signal.
  • the second candidate node B feeds back the suggested first parameter configuration information in the first response information.
  • the first parameter configuration information is used for the candidate node to configure sensing parameters for performing first sensing.
  • the first parameter configuration information includes soft handover parameter configuration information.
  • the second candidate node B sends the first rejection information to the first request information sender, where the first rejection information indicates the first request information sender, and the first rejection information sender does not sense .
  • the subsequent processing can be one of the following: i. Node A or the core network device re-determines the first candidate node B; ii. Maintain the current perception; iii. End the current perception;
  • the second candidate node A sends second response information to the second request information sender, the second response information is to indicate the second request information sender, the second response information sender agrees to switch, and sends the first signal after switching .
  • the second candidate node A feeds back the suggested first parameter configuration information in the second response information. If the second request information includes a soft handover request, and the first candidate node agrees and supports the soft handover, optionally, the first parameter configuration information includes soft handover parameter configuration information.
  • the second candidate node A sends second rejection information to the second request information sender, where the second rejection information indicates the second request information sender, and the second rejection information sender does not sense .
  • the subsequent processing can be one of the following: i. Source node A or node B or the core network device re-determines the second candidate node A; ii. Maintain the current perception; iii. End the current perception;
  • Case 3 Both node A and node B are switched, then case 1 and case 2 operations are performed at the same time.
  • Step 4 Node A/core network device based on the received first response information, or source node A/node B/core network device based on the received second response information, or core network device based on the received first response information , the second response information determines at least one target node among the second candidate nodes (A and/or B) as the sensing node that performs the first sensing after switching.
  • Node A or the core network device determines the first candidate node B from the second candidate node B based on the received first response information.
  • the first candidate node B is the node B among the second candidate nodes B that agrees to switch;
  • Node A or the core network device sends the second parameter configuration information to the first candidate node B.
  • the second parameter configuration information is used for the first candidate node to configure sensing parameters for performing first sensing.
  • the second parameter configuration information includes soft handover parameter configuration information
  • Node A sends a first signal, and at least part of the first signal is reflected by at least one sensing tag and received by at least one first candidate node B;
  • the first candidate node B obtains the measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity based on the first signal reflected by the received tag
  • the first candidate node B feeds back the measurement value of the sensing measurement quantity to the node A or the core network device.
  • the node A or the core network device determines whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold conditions and determines the target from the first candidate node B. Node B. Or, the first candidate node B determines by itself whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition, and sends the request to node A or the core network device. After feedback of the judgment result, node A or core network equipment determines the target node B from the first candidate node B. If the measurement values of the sensing measurement quantities of all first candidate nodes B do not meet the preset threshold conditions, the subsequent processing may be one of the following: i. Node A or the core network device re-determines the first candidate node B; ii. Maintain the current perception; iii. End the current perception;
  • Node A or the core network device sends a handover command to the target node B.
  • the switching command is used to notify the target sensing node to perform a first sensing operation.
  • Source node A or node B or the core network device determines the first candidate node A from the second candidate node A based on the received second response information.
  • the first candidate node A is the node A among the second candidate nodes A that agrees to switch;
  • Source node A or node B or the core network device sends the second parameter configuration information to the first candidate node A.
  • the first candidate node A sends the first signal, and at least part of the first signal is reflected by at least one sensing tag and is received by node B;
  • Node B obtains the measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity based on the first signal reflected by the received tag.
  • node B sends the measured value to source node A or core network equipment; source node A, node B, or core network equipment determines whether the measured value meets the preset threshold condition and determines it from the first candidate node A.
  • Target node A If the measurement values of the sensing measurement quantities corresponding to all first candidate nodes A do not meet the preset threshold conditions, the subsequent processing may be one of the following: i. Source node A or node B or the core network device re-determines the first candidate Node A; ii. Maintain current perception; iii. End current perception;
  • Source node A or node B or core network equipment sends a handover command to target node A.
  • the core network device determines the first candidate node B from the second candidate node B, where the first candidate node B is the node B among the second candidate node B that agrees to switch; After receiving the second response information, determine the first candidate node A from the second candidate node A, where the first candidate node A is the node A among the second candidate nodes A that agrees to switch;
  • the core network device sends the second parameter configuration information to the first candidate node A and the first candidate node B.
  • the first candidate node A sends a first signal, and at least part of the first signal is reflected by at least one sensing tag and is received by at least one first candidate node B;
  • the first candidate node B obtains the measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity based on the first signal reflected by the received tag
  • the first candidate node B feeds back the measurement value of the sensing measurement quantity to the core network equipment.
  • the core network equipment determines whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition, determines the target node B from the first candidate node B, and determines the target node B from the first candidate node B. Determine target node A among candidate nodes A.
  • the first candidate node B determines by itself whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition, and feeds back the judgment result to the core network device.
  • the core network device determines the target node B from the first candidate node B, and determines the target node B from the first candidate node A. Target node A.
  • the subsequent processing may be one of the following: i.
  • the core network device re-determines the first candidate node A and/or The first candidate node B; ii. Maintain the current perception; iii. End the current perception;
  • the core network device sends a handover command to target node A and target node B.
  • Step 5 After determining the target node (A and/or B), the network performs a handover operation. Specifically, two methods, hard handover and soft handover, can be used:
  • the source node B ends the first sensing and releases the sensing resources; at the same time or after this, the target node B performs the first sensing;
  • the target node B performs the first sensing. After the number of sensing measurement values/sensing results obtained reaches the preset number of times, or the first sensing reaches the preset time, the source node B ends the first sensing and Release sensing resources;
  • source node B after receiving the sensing end command sent by node A or the core network device, ends the first sensing and releases sensing resources.
  • the source node A ends the first sensing and releases the sensing resources; at the same time or after this, the target node A performs the first sensing;
  • the target node A performs the first sensing. After the number of sensing measurement values/sensing results obtained reaches the preset number of times, or the first sensing reaches the preset time, the source node A ends the first sensing, and Release sensing resources;
  • source node A ends the first sensing and releases sensing resources after receiving the sensing end command sent by node B or the core network device.
  • source node A and source node B end the first sensing and release sensing resources; at the same time or after this, target node A and target node B perform the first sensing;
  • the target node A and the target node B perform the first sensing. After the number of sensing measurement values/sensing results obtained reaches the preset number, or the first sensing reaches the preset time, the source node A and the source node B perform the first sensing. Node B ends the first sensing and releases sensing resources;
  • source node A and source node B end the first sensing and release sensing resources after receiving the sensing end command sent by the core network device.
  • Step 6 the source node and/or core network equipment and/or sensing tag send at least part of the historical sensing measurement values and/or historical sensing results, and sensing target/area prior information to the target node.
  • Example 2 the first sensing method (node A sends the first signal and node B receives the first signal reflected or scattered by the Tag), only sensing Tag switching
  • Step 1 The network performs handover measurements.
  • Node A sends a handover measurement request to node B. After receiving the handover measurement request, node B performs handover measurement and feeds back a handover measurement report to node A;
  • the core network device (such as the sensing function network element) sends a handover measurement request to Node B.
  • Node B After receiving the handover measurement request, Node B performs handover measurement and feeds back the handover measurement report to the core network device; optionally, Node B or the core
  • the network device sends a handover measurement report to node A.
  • the core network device or Node A Before Node B performs handover measurement, the core network device or Node A sends handover measurement configuration information necessary for handover measurement to Node B. Alternatively, the handover measurement configuration information is included in the handover measurement request.
  • Step 2 Based on the handover measurement report, decide whether to initiate handover.
  • node A reports a handover measurement report to the core network device, and the core network device decides whether to initiate a handover request.
  • the core network device decides whether to initiate a handover request based on the handover measurement report received from the node B.
  • Node B decides whether to initiate a handover request based on the handover measurement report.
  • subsequent processing may be to maintain or end the current first sensing.
  • Node A or the core network device sends third request information to at least one second candidate tag.
  • the third request information requests the recipient of the third request information to serve as a sensing tag after switching and reflects/scatters the first signal sent by node A.
  • the third request information may include a soft handover request.
  • the node A or the core network device sends the third request information to at least one second candidate tag, which can be realized through the tag inventory process: the node A can use the Select command to select at least some tags within the coverage of the first signal for inventory. . Node A sends the third request information to any at least one second candidate tag through the RN16 and command fields of the ACK message.
  • node A obtains first information about sensing tags within the coverage of the first signal, and the first information is used to determine the second candidate tag.
  • obtaining the first information can be realized through the tag inventory process: the tag feeds back the first information of the tag to the node A by checking the RN16 in the ACK sent by the node A.
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • Step 3 The second candidate tag feeds back second information to node A.
  • the second information indicates whether node A's first candidate tag agrees to switch, or whether it meets the switching conditions.
  • the second information includes third response information or third rejection information. specifically:
  • the second candidate tag feeds back the third response information to the third request information sender (node A), the third response information is to indicate the third request information sender, and the third response information sender agrees to switch
  • the switching conditions are met, and the first signal sent by node A is reflected/scattered after switching.
  • the second candidate tag feeds back the suggested third parameter configuration information in the first response information.
  • the third parameter Configuration information for sensing nodes (A and B) and second candidate tags to perform sensing parameter configuration for first sensing.
  • the third parameter configuration information includes soft handover parameter configuration information.
  • the second candidate tag sends third rejection information to the third request information sender (node A), and the third rejection information indicates the third request information sender. 3.
  • the sender of rejection information does not participate in sensing.
  • the subsequent processing can be one of the following: i. Node A or the core network device re-determines the second candidate tag; ii. Maintain the current perception; iii. End current perception;
  • the second candidate tag feeds back the second information to the node A, which can be realized through the tag inventory process: the tag feeds back the second information of the tag to the node A by checking the RN16 in the ACK sent by the node A.
  • Step 4 Node A/core network equipment determines at least one target tag among the second candidate tags based on the received third response information as a sensing tag that participates in the first sensing after handover.
  • Node A or the core network device determines the first candidate tag from the second candidate tag based on the received third response information.
  • the first candidate tag is the sensing tag among the second candidate tags that agrees to switch or has switching conditions;
  • Node A or the core network device sends the fourth parameter configuration information to the first candidate tag.
  • the fourth parameter configuration information is used to configure the sensing parameters for the first candidate tag to participate in the first sensing.
  • the fourth parameter configuration information includes soft handover parameter configuration information;
  • Node A sends the first signal, and at least part of the first signal is reflected by at least one first candidate tag and is received by node B;
  • Node B obtains the measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity based on the received first signal reflected by the first candidate tag.
  • Node B determines whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition and determines at least one target tag from the first candidate tag. Alternatively, Node B feeds back the measurement value of the sensing measurement quantity to Node A or the core network device. Node A or the core network device determines whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition and determines at least one target tag from the first candidate tag. Alternatively, Node B determines whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition and feeds back the judgment result to Node A or the core network device. Node A or the core network device determines at least one target tag from the first candidate tag. If the measurement values of the sensing measurement quantities corresponding to all the first candidate tags do not meet the preset threshold conditions, the subsequent processing may be one of the following: i. Node A or the core network device re-determines the first candidate tag; ii. Switching of sensing nodes; iii. Maintain current sensing; iv. End current sensing;
  • Node A or the core network device sends a switching command to the target tag.
  • the switching command is used to notify the target tag to participate in the first sensing operation.
  • Step 5 After determining the target tag, the network performs a handover operation. Specifically, two methods, hard handover and soft handover, can be used:
  • the source tag ends participating in the first sensing and releases sensing resources; at the same time or after this, the target tag participates in the first sensing;
  • the target tag participates in the first sensing, and the sensing measurement value/sensing result is obtained at node B. If the number of times reaches the preset number, or the first sensing reaches the preset time, the source tag ends participating in the first sensing and releases the sensing resources;
  • the source tag after receiving the sensing end command sent by node A or the core network device to the source tag, the source tag ends participating in the first sensing and releases sensing resources.
  • the node A or core network device sends a sensing end command to the source tag, which can be implemented through the tag inventory process: node A sends a sensing end command to any at least one source tag through the RN16 and command fields of the ACK message.
  • Step 6 the source tag sends at least part of the measurement values of the historical sensing measurement quantities and/or historical sensing results and sensing target/area prior information to at least one of node A, node B, and core network equipment.
  • Example 3 the first sensing mode (node A sends the first signal and node B receives the first signal reflected or scattered by the tag), the sensing node and the sensing tag are both switched
  • Step 1 The network performs handover measurements.
  • Node A sends a handover measurement request to node B. After receiving the handover measurement request, node B performs handover measurement and feeds back a handover measurement report to node A;
  • the core network device (such as the sensing function network element) sends a handover measurement request to Node B.
  • Node B After receiving the handover measurement request, Node B performs handover measurement and feeds back the handover measurement report to the core network device; optionally, Node B or the core
  • the network device sends a handover measurement report to node A.
  • the core network device or Node A Before Node B performs handover measurement, the core network device or Node A sends handover measurement configuration information necessary for handover measurement to Node B. Alternatively, the handover measurement configuration information is included in the handover measurement request.
  • Step 2 Based on the handover measurement report, decide whether to initiate handover.
  • node A reports a handover measurement report to the core network device, and the core network device decides whether to initiate a handover request.
  • the core network device decides whether to initiate a handover request based on the handover measurement report received from the node B.
  • Node B decides whether to initiate a handover request based on the handover measurement report.
  • subsequent processing may be to maintain or end the current first sensing.
  • Node A or the core network device sends first request information to at least one second candidate node B, and sends third request information to at least one second candidate tag.
  • the node A or the core network device sends the third request information to at least one second candidate tag, which can be realized through the tag inventory process: the node A can use the Select command to select at least some tags within the coverage of the first signal for inventory. .
  • Node A sends the third request information to any at least one first candidate tag through the RN16 and command fields of the ACK message.
  • node A obtains first information about sensing tags within the coverage of the first signal, and the first information is used to determine the second candidate tag.
  • obtaining the first information can be realized through the tag inventory process: the tag feeds back the first information of the tag to the node A by checking the RN16 in the ACK sent by the node A.
  • Source node A or node B or the core network device sends second request information to at least one second candidate node A, and source node A sends third request information to at least one second candidate tag.
  • the source node A or the core network device sends the third request information to at least one second candidate tag, which can be implemented through a tag inventory process: the source node A can select at least some tags within the coverage of the first signal through the Select command. Take stock. Source node A sends the third request information to any at least one first candidate tag through the RN16 and command fields of the ACK message.
  • source node A obtains first information about sensing tags within the coverage of the first signal, and the first information is used to determine the second candidate tag.
  • obtaining the first information can be realized through the tag inventory process: the tag feeds back the first information of the tag to the source node A by checking the RN16 in the ACK sent by the source node A.
  • the core network device sends first request information to at least one second candidate node B, sends second request information to at least one second candidate node A, and sends third request information to at least one second candidate tag.
  • the core network device sends the third request information to at least one second candidate tag, which can be implemented through a tag inventory process: the core network device instructs the source node A to select at least some tags within the coverage of the first signal through the Select command. inventory. Source node A sends the third request information to any at least one first candidate tag through the RN16 and command fields of the ACK message.
  • source node A obtains first information about sensing tags within the coverage of the first signal, and the first information is used to determine the second candidate tag.
  • obtaining the first information can be realized through the tag inventory process: the tag feeds back the first information of the tag to the source node A by checking the RN16 in the ACK sent by the source node A.
  • At least one of the first request information, the second request information, and the third request information may include a soft handover request.
  • the determination of the second candidate node (A and/or B) is the same as Example 1.
  • the content of the first information is the same as Example 2.
  • Step 3 The second candidate node decides whether to agree to the handover, and the second candidate tag feeds back the second information to node A (or source node A).
  • the second candidate node decides whether to agree to the handover: the same as step 3 in Example 1.
  • the second candidate tag feeds back the second information to node A (or source node A): the same as step 3 in Example 2.
  • Step 4 Node A/core network device based on the received first response information, or source node A/node B/core network device based on the received second response information, or core network device based on the received first response information .
  • the second response information determines at least one target node among the second candidate nodes as the sensing node that performs the first sensing after switching.
  • node A/source node A/core network equipment determines at least one target tag among the second candidate tags based on the received third response information as a sensing tag that participates in the first sensing after handover.
  • Node A or the core network device determines the first candidate node B from the second candidate node B based on the received first response information; determines the first candidate node B from the second candidate tag based on the received third response information. candidate tag;
  • Node A or the core network device sends the second parameter configuration information to the first candidate node B, and sends the fourth parameter configuration information to the first candidate tag;
  • Node A sends the first signal, and at least part of the first signal is reflected by at least one first candidate tag and received by at least one first candidate node B;
  • the first candidate node B obtains the measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity based on the first signal reflected by the received tag.
  • the first candidate node B feeds back the measurement value of the sensing measurement quantity to the node A or the core network device.
  • the node A or the core network device determines whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold conditions and determines the target from the first candidate node B. Node B, and determines the target tag from the first candidate tag. Or, the first candidate node B determines by itself whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition, and feeds back the judgment result to the node A or the core network device.
  • the node A or the core network device determines the target node B from the first candidate node B, and from Determine the target tag among the first candidate tags.
  • the subsequent processing may be one of the following: i. Node A or the core network device re-determines the first candidate node B and/or The second candidate tag; ii. Maintain the current perception; iii. End the current perception;
  • Node A or the core network device sends a handover command to the target node B and the target tag.
  • the source node A or node B or the core network device determines the first candidate node A from the second candidate node A based on the received second response information; the source node A or the core network device determines the first candidate node A based on the received third response information. Information, determine the first candidate tag from the second candidate tag;
  • Source node A or node B or the core network device sends the second parameter configuration information to the first candidate node A; the source node A or the core network device sends the fourth parameter configuration information to the first candidate tag;
  • the first candidate node A sends the first signal, and at least part of the first signal is reflected by at least one first candidate tag and is received by node B;
  • Node B obtains the measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity based on the first signal reflected by the received tag.
  • node B sends the measured value to source node A or core network equipment; source node A, node B, or core network equipment determines whether the measured value meets the preset threshold condition and determines it from the first candidate node A. Target node A, and determine the target tag from the first candidate tag. If the measurement values of the sensing measurement quantities fed back by all first candidate nodes A do not meet the preset threshold conditions, the subsequent processing may be one of the following: i. Source node A or node B or the core network device re-determines the first candidate Node A and/or the first candidate tag; ii. Maintain the current perception; iii. End the current perception;
  • Source node A or node B or the core network device sends a switching command to the target node A and the target tag.
  • the core network device determines the first candidate node from the second candidate node B based on the received first response information. B; Based on the received second response information, determine the first candidate node A from the second candidate node A; Based on the received third response information, determine the first candidate tag from the second candidate tag;
  • the core network device sends the second parameter configuration information to the first candidate node A and the first candidate node B; sends the fourth parameter configuration information to the first candidate tag;
  • the first candidate node A sends a first signal, and at least part of the first signal is reflected by at least one first candidate tag and is received by at least one first candidate node B;
  • the first candidate node B obtains the measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity based on the first signal reflected by the received tag.
  • the first candidate node B feeds back the measurement value of the sensing measurement quantity to the core network equipment.
  • the core network equipment determines whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition, determines the target node B from the first candidate node B, and determines the target node B from the first candidate node B.
  • the target node A is determined from the candidate nodes A
  • the target tag is determined from the first candidate tag.
  • the first candidate node B determines whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition by itself, and feeds back the determination result to node A or the core network device.
  • the subsequent processing may be one of the following: i.
  • the core network device re-determines the first candidate node A and the first candidate node B , at least one of the first candidate tags; ii. Maintain the current perception; iii. End the current perception;
  • the core network device sends a handover command to target node A, target node B, and target tag.
  • Step 5 After determining the target node (A and/or B) and target tag, the network performs a handover operation. Specifically, two methods, hard handover and soft handover, can be used:
  • the source node B ends the first sensing and releases the sensing resources, and the source tag ends participating in the first sensing and releases the sensing resources; at the same time or after this, the target node B performs the first sensing, and The target tag participates in the first perception;
  • the target node B performs the first sensing, and the target tag participates in the first sensing. After the number of sensing measurement values/sensing results obtained reaches the preset number, or the first sensing reaches the preset time, the source Node B ends the first sensing and releases sensing resources, and the source tag ends participating in the first sensing and releases sensing resources;
  • source node B and/or source tag end the first sensing and release sensing resources after receiving the sensing end command sent by node A or the core network device.
  • the source node A ends the first sensing and releases the sensing resources, and the source tag ends participating in the first sensing and releases the sensing resources; at the same time or after this, the target node A performs the first sensing, and The target tag participates in the first perception;
  • the target node A performs the first sensing, and the target tag participates in the first sensing. After the number of sensing measurement values/sensing results obtained reaches the preset number, or the first sensing reaches the preset time, the source Node A ends the first sensing and releases sensing resources, and the source tag ends participating in the first sensing and releases sensing resources;
  • source node A and/or source tag receive the sensing end command sent by node B or the core network device, Then end the first perception and release the perception resources.
  • source node A and source node B end the first sensing and release sensing resources, and the source tag ends participating in the first sensing and releases sensing resources; at the same time or after this, target node A and target Node B performs the first perception, and the target tag participates in the first perception;
  • target node A and target node B perform the first sensing, and the target tag participates in the first sensing.
  • the number of sensing measurement values/sensing results reached the preset number, or the first sensing reaches the preset number.
  • source node A and source node B end the first sensing and release the sensing resources, and the source tag ends participating in the first sensing and releases the sensing resources;
  • At least one of source node A, source node B, and source tag ends the first sensing and releases sensing resources after receiving a sensing end command sent by the core network device.
  • any one of the node A (or source node A), node B, and core network equipment sends a sensing end command to the source tag, which can be realized through the tag inventory process: the former uses the RN16 and command fields of the ACK message to any at least 1 source tag sends the sensing end command.
  • Step 6 the source node and/or core network equipment and/or source tag send at least part of the historical sensing measurement values and/or historical sensing results, sensing target/area prior information to the target node, node A , at least one of node B and core network equipment.
  • Example 4 second sensing mode (node A sends the first signal and node A receives the first signal reflected or scattered by the Tag), only sensing node switching
  • Step 1 The network performs handover measurements.
  • the core network device (such as the sensing function network element) sends a handover measurement request to the source node A (such as the base station or UE). After receiving the handover measurement request, the source node A performs the handover measurement and feeds back the handover measurement report to the core network device;
  • source node A actively performs handover measurement and obtains a handover measurement report.
  • source node A sends a handover measurement report to the core network device;
  • the core network device sends handover measurement configuration information necessary for handover measurement to source node A.
  • the handover measurement configuration information is included in the handover measurement request.
  • the handover measurement configuration information is the same as Example 1.
  • step 1 The trigger event of step 1 is the same as Example 1.
  • Step 2 Based on the handover measurement report, decide whether to initiate handover.
  • node A reports a handover measurement report to the core network device, and the core network device decides whether to initiate a handover request.
  • subsequent processing may be to maintain or end the current first sensing.
  • the source node A or the core network device sends fourth request information to at least one second candidate node A, where the fourth request information requests the recipient of the fourth request information to serve as the sensing node after switching, send the first signal, and receive the tag Reflected/scattered first signal.
  • the fourth request information may include a soft handover request.
  • the determination of the second candidate node A is the same as Example 1.
  • Step 3 The second candidate node decides whether to agree to the switch:
  • the second candidate node A sends the fourth response information to the fourth request information sender.
  • the fourth response information is to indicate the fourth request information sender.
  • the fourth response information sender agrees to switch and sends the first signal after the switch. , and receive the first signal reflected/scattered by the tag.
  • the second candidate node A feeds back the suggested first parameter configuration information in the first response information.
  • the fourth request information includes a soft handover request, and the second candidate node agrees and supports soft handover
  • the first parameter configuration information includes soft handover parameter configuration information.
  • the second candidate node A sends fourth rejection information to the fourth request information sender, where the fourth rejection information indicates the fourth request information sender, and the fourth rejection information sender does not sense .
  • the subsequent processing can be one of the following: i. The source node A or the core network device re-determines the second candidate node A; ii. Maintain the current perception; iii. End the current perception;
  • Step 4 Based on the received fourth response information, the source node A/core network device determines at least one target node among the second candidate nodes as the sensing node that performs the first sensing after handover.
  • the source node A or the core network device determines the first candidate node A from the second candidate node A based on the received fourth response information.
  • the first candidate node A is the node A among the second candidate nodes A that agrees to switch;
  • the source node A or the core network device sends the second parameter configuration information to the first candidate node A.
  • the second parameter configuration information includes soft handover parameter configuration information
  • the first candidate node A sends the first signal, and at least part of the first signal is reflected by at least one sensing tag and is received by the first candidate node A;
  • the first candidate node A obtains the measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity based on the first signal reflected by the received tag.
  • the first candidate node A feeds back the measurement value of the sensing measurement quantity to the source node A or the core network device.
  • the source node A or the core network device determines whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition, and obtains the value from the first candidate node A. Determine target node A.
  • the first candidate node A determines by itself whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition, and feeds back the judgment result to the source node A or the core network device.
  • the source node A or the core network device determines the target node A from the first candidate node A. If the measurement values of the sensing measurement quantities of all first candidate nodes A do not meet the preset threshold conditions, the subsequent processing may be one of the following: i.
  • the source node A or the core network device re-determines the first candidate node A; ii. .Maintain the current perception; iii.End the current perception;
  • Source node A or core network equipment sends a handover command to target node A.
  • the switching command is used to notify the target sensing node to perform a first sensing operation.
  • Step 5 After determining the target node A, the network performs a handover operation. Specifically, two methods, hard handover and soft handover, can be used. Law:
  • the source node A ends the first sensing and releases the sensing resources; at the same time or after this, the target node A performs the first sensing;
  • the target node A performs the first sensing. After the number of sensing measurement values/sensing results obtained reaches the preset number of times, or the first sensing reaches the preset time, the source node A ends the first sensing, and Release sensing resources;
  • source node A ends the first sensing and releases sensing resources.
  • Step 6 the source node and/or core network equipment and/or sensing tag send at least part of the historical sensing measurement values and/or historical sensing results, and sensing target/area prior information to the target node.
  • Example 5 second sensing mode (node A sends the first signal and node A receives the first signal reflected or scattered by the tag), only sensing tag switching
  • Step 1 The network performs handover measurements.
  • the core network device (such as the sensing function network element) sends a handover measurement request to the source node A (such as the base station or UE). After receiving the handover measurement request, the source node A performs the handover measurement and feeds back the handover measurement report to the core network device;
  • source node A actively performs handover measurement and obtains a handover measurement report.
  • source node A sends a handover measurement report to the core network device;
  • the core network device sends handover measurement configuration information necessary for handover measurement to source node A.
  • the handover measurement configuration information is included in the handover measurement request.
  • the handover measurement configuration information is the same as Example 1.
  • step 1 The trigger event of step 1 is the same as Example 1.
  • Step 2 Based on the handover measurement report, decide whether to initiate handover.
  • node A reports a handover measurement report to the core network device, and the core network device decides whether to initiate a handover request.
  • subsequent processing may be to maintain or end the current first sensing.
  • Node A or the core network device sends third request information to at least one second candidate tag.
  • the third request information may include a soft handover request.
  • the node A or the core network device sends the third request information to at least one second candidate tag, which can be realized through the tag inventory process: the node A can use the Select command to select at least some tags within the coverage of the first signal for inventory. . Node A sends the third request information to any at least one second candidate tag through the RN16 and command fields of the ACK message.
  • node A obtains first information about sensing tags within the coverage of the first signal, and the first information is used to determine the second candidate tag.
  • obtaining the first information can be realized through the tag inventory process: the tag feeds back the first information of the tag to the node A by checking the RN16 in the ACK sent by the node A.
  • the first information is the same as Example 2.
  • Step 3 The second candidate tag feeds back the second information to node A, the same as step 3 in Example 2.
  • Step 4 Node A/core network equipment determines at least one target tag among the second candidate tags based on the received third response information as a sensing tag that participates in the first sensing after handover.
  • Node A or the core network device determines the first candidate tag from the second candidate tag based on the received third response information.
  • the first candidate tag is the sensing tag among the second candidate tags that agrees to switch or has switching conditions;
  • the fifth parameter configuration information is used to configure the sensing parameters for the first candidate tag to participate in the first sensing.
  • the fifth parameter configuration information includes soft handover parameter configuration information
  • Node A sends the first signal, and at least part of the first signal is reflected by at least one first candidate tag and is received by node A;
  • Node A obtains the measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity based on the first signal reflected by the received first candidate tag.
  • Node A determines whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition and determines at least one target tag from the first candidate tag.
  • node A feeds back the measurement value of the sensing measurement quantity to the core network device, and the core network device determines whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition, and determines at least one target tag from the first candidate tag.
  • node A determines whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition and feeds back the judgment result to the core network device.
  • the core network device determines at least one target tag from the first candidate tag. If the measurement values of the sensing measurement quantities corresponding to all the first candidate tags do not meet the preset threshold conditions, the subsequent processing may be one of the following: i. Node A or the core network device re-determines the first candidate tag; ii. Switching of sensing nodes; iii. Maintain current sensing; iv. End current sensing;
  • Node A or the core network device sends a switching command to the target tag.
  • the switching command is used to notify the target tag to participate in the first sensing operation.
  • Step 5 After determining the target tag, the network performs a handover operation. Specifically, two methods, hard handover and soft handover, can be used:
  • the source tag ends participating in the first sensing and releases sensing resources; at the same time or after this, the target tag participates in the first sensing;
  • the target tag participates in the first sensing. After node A obtains the sensing measurement value/sensing result for a preset number of times, or performs the first sensing for a preset time, the source tag ends participating in the first sensing. and release sensing resources;
  • the source tag after receiving the sensing end command sent by node A or the core network device to the source tag, the source tag ends participating in the first sensing and releases sensing resources.
  • the node A or core network device sends a sensing end command to the source tag, which can be implemented through the tag inventory process: node A sends a sensing end command to any at least one source tag through the RN16 and command fields of the ACK message.
  • Step 6 the source tag sends at least part of the historical sensing measurement values and/or historical sensing results, and sensing target/area prior information to node A and/or core network equipment.
  • Example 6 second sensing mode (Node A sends the first signal and Node A receives the third signal reflected or scattered by the Tag (one signal), both the sensing node and sensing tag are switched
  • Step 1 The network performs handover measurements.
  • the core network device (such as the sensing function network element) sends a handover measurement request to the source node A (such as the base station or UE). After receiving the handover measurement request, the source node A performs the handover measurement and feeds back the handover measurement report to the core network device;
  • source node A actively performs handover measurement and obtains a handover measurement report.
  • source node A sends a handover measurement report to the core network device;
  • the core network device sends handover measurement configuration information necessary for handover measurement to source node A.
  • the handover measurement configuration information is included in the handover measurement request.
  • the handover measurement configuration information is the same as Example 1.
  • step 1 The trigger event of step 1 is the same as Example 1.
  • Step 2 Based on the handover measurement report, decide whether to initiate handover.
  • node A reports a handover measurement report to the core network device, and the core network device decides whether to initiate a handover request.
  • subsequent processing may be to maintain or end the current first sensing.
  • the source node A or the core network device sends fourth request information to at least one second candidate node A, and sends third request information to at least one second candidate tag.
  • the source node A or the core network device sends the third request information to at least one second candidate tag, which can be implemented through a tag inventory process: the source node A can select at least some tags within the coverage of the first signal through the Select command. Take stock. Source node A sends the third request information to any at least one second candidate tag through the RN16 and command fields of the ACK message.
  • source node A obtains first information about sensing tags within the coverage of the first signal, and the first information is used to determine the first candidate tag.
  • obtaining the first information can be realized through the tag inventory process: the tag feeds back the first information of the tag to the source node A by checking the RN16 in the ACK sent by the source node A.
  • the third request information and/or the fourth request information may include a soft handover request.
  • the determination of the first candidate node A is the same as Example 1.
  • the first information is the same as Example 2.
  • Step 3 The second candidate node A decides whether to agree to the handover, and the second candidate tag feeds back the second information to the source node A.
  • the second candidate node A decides whether to agree to the handover: the same as step 3 in Example 4.
  • the second candidate tag feeds back the second information to the source node A: the same as step 3 in Example 2.
  • Step 4 Based on the received fourth response information, the source node A/core network device determines at least one target node among the second candidate nodes as the sensing node that performs the first sensing after handover.
  • the source node A/core network device determines at least one target tag among the second candidate tags based on the received third response information as a sensing tag that participates in the first sensing after the handover.
  • the source node A or the core network device determines the first candidate node A from the second candidate node A based on the received fourth response information; determines the first candidate node A from the second candidate tag based on the received third response information. a candidate tag;
  • Source node A or the core network device sends the second parameter configuration information to the first candidate node A; sends the fifth parameter configuration information to the first candidate tag;
  • the first candidate node A sends the first signal, and at least part of the first signal is reflected by at least one first candidate tag and is received by the first candidate node A;
  • the first candidate node A obtains the measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity based on the first signal reflected by the received tag.
  • the first candidate node A feeds back the measurement value of the sensing measurement quantity to the source node A or the core network device.
  • the source node A or the core network device determines whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition, and obtains the value from the first candidate node A. Determine target node A.
  • the first candidate node A determines by itself whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition, and feeds back the judgment result to the source node A or the core network device.
  • the source node A or the core network device determines the target node A from the first candidate node A. If the measurement values of the sensing measurement quantities of all first candidate nodes A do not meet the preset threshold conditions, the subsequent processing may be one of the following: i.
  • the source node A or the core network device re-determines the first candidate node A and/or or the second candidate tag; ii. Maintain the current perception; iii. End the current perception;
  • Source node A or core network equipment sends a handover command to target node A and target tag.
  • Step 5 After determining the target node A and the target tag, the network performs a handover operation. Specifically, two methods, hard handover and soft handover, can be used:
  • the source node A ends the first sensing and releases the sensing resources, and the source tag ends participating in the first sensing and releases the sensing resources; at the same time or after this, the target node A performs the first sensing, And the target tag participates in the first perception;
  • the target node A performs the first sensing, the target tag participates in the first sensing, and after the number of sensing measurement values/sensing results obtained reaches the preset number, or the first sensing reaches the preset time, the source Node A ends the first sensing and releases sensing resources, and the source tag ends participating in the first sensing and releases sensing resources;
  • source node A and/or source tag end the first sensing and release sensing resources after receiving the sensing end command sent by the core network device.
  • Step 6 source node A and/or core network equipment and/or source tag send at least part of the historical sensing measurement values and/or historical sensing results, sensing target/area prior information to target node A, At least one of the target tag and core network equipment.
  • the first device selects based on the measurement value of the first sensing measurement quantity of the at least one first candidate node and/or the at least one first candidate backscatter device based on the parameter configuration information. At least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device to be switched, and sending a switching command to the at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device, thereby realizing the sensing node and/or the sensing backscattering device switch.
  • the execution subject may be a handover processing device.
  • the switching processing device executing the handover processing method is taken as an example to illustrate the switching processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • this embodiment of the present application also provides a switching processing device 500, which includes:
  • the first sending module 501 is configured to send switching request information to at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, where the switching request information is used to request the second candidate node to serve as the first sensing device.
  • the sensing node after switching, and/or, is used to request the second candidate backscattering device as the sensing backscattering device after the first sensing switch; the first sensing is the sensing in which the backscattering device participates;
  • the first receiving module 502 is configured to receive switching response information sent by at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, where the switching response information is used to indicate the corresponding second candidate node and/or The second candidate backscatter device agrees to serve as a post-switch sensing node and/or sensing backscatter device;
  • the first determination module 503 is configured to determine at least one target node and/or at least one target backscatter device from the candidate nodes and/or candidate backscatter devices that agree to switch, according to the handover response information;
  • the second sending module 504 is configured to send a switching command to at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device, where the switching command is used to notify the target node to perform the first sensing, and/or to notify the target backscattering device. Scattering devices participate in said first perception.
  • the first determination module includes:
  • the first sub-module is configured to send parameter configuration information to at least one first candidate node and/or at least one first candidate backscatter device according to the handover response information; the parameter configuration information is used to configure the first Sensing parameters for the candidate node to perform the first sensing and/or sensing parameters for configuring the first candidate backscattering device to participate in the first sensing;
  • the second sub-module is used to obtain the measurement value of the first sensing sensing measurement quantity in which the at least one first candidate node and/or the at least one first candidate backscattering device participates based on the parameter configuration information;
  • a third submodule determine at least one target node and/or at least one target backscatter device from the at least one first candidate node and/or at least one first candidate backscatter device according to the measurement value;
  • the first candidate node includes: a candidate node among the second candidate nodes that agrees to switch; and/or the first candidate backscatter device includes: a candidate backscatter device among the second candidate backscatter devices that agrees to switch. Scattering equipment.
  • the first sensing includes: the first sensing node sends a first signal, and the second sensing node receives at least part of the first signal reflected or scattered by the backscattering device;
  • the at least one first candidate node includes: at least one first candidate node of the first sensing node, and/or at least one first candidate node of the second sensing node.
  • the first sensing includes: a third sensing node sends a first signal, and the third sensing node receives at least part of the first signal reflected or scattered by the backscattering device;
  • the at least one first candidate node includes: at least one first candidate node of the third sensing node.
  • the device further includes:
  • a third sending module configured to send signals to at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscatter device Send switching request information, the switching request information is used to request the second candidate node to serve as a sensing node after switching, and/or, to request the second candidate backscattering device to serve as a sensing backscattering device after switching. equipment;
  • the third receiving module is configured to receive switching response information sent by at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, where the switching response information is used to indicate the corresponding second candidate node and/or the third candidate node.
  • the two candidate backscattering devices agree to serve as sensing nodes and/or sensing backscattering devices after switching;
  • the first candidate node includes: a candidate node among the second candidate nodes that agrees to switch; and/or the first candidate backscatter device includes: a candidate backscatter device among the second candidate backscatter devices that agrees to switch. Scattering equipment.
  • the device further includes:
  • a seventh receiving module configured to receive rejection information sent by at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, where the rejection information is used to indicate the corresponding second candidate node and/or second candidate
  • the backscatter device does not agree to act as a post-switch sensing node and/or a sensing backscatter device
  • the second candidate node and/or the second candidate backscattering device that sends the rejection information does not participate in the sensing measurement of the first sensing.
  • the first determining module includes:
  • a first determination sub-module configured to determine, from the at least one first candidate node and/or at least one first candidate backscattering device, the first candidate node and/or the first candidate node whose measurement value satisfies the preset threshold condition.
  • a candidate backscatter device is the target node and/or target backscatter device.
  • the device further includes:
  • a first execution module configured to perform a first operation if the measured values of the sensing measurement quantities of the at least one first candidate node and/or the at least one first candidate backscattering device do not meet the preset threshold condition;
  • the first operation includes any of the following:
  • the third sending module includes:
  • the third sending sub-module is configured to send switching request information to at least one second candidate backscattering device through the first perceived backscattering device inventory process.
  • the device further includes:
  • a second determination module configured to determine at least one second candidate backscattering device based on the first information of the backscattering device within the coverage of the first signal; the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the device further includes:
  • a seventh sending module configured to send a sensing end command to the first sensing source sensing node and/or source backscatter device, where the sensing end command is used to indicate the corresponding source sensing node and/or source backscattering device.
  • the device ends participating in the first perception.
  • the seventh sending module includes:
  • a seventh sending sub-module is configured to send a sensing end command to the source backscatter device through the first sensed backscatter device inventory process.
  • the first sensing switching process includes:
  • the target node and/or the target backscattering device performs the first sensing; and the source sensing node and/or the source backscattering device ends the first sensing and releases sensing resources;
  • the target node and/or the target backscattering device performs the first sensing. After the number of measurements of the sensing measurement quantity has been obtained for a preset number of times or the first sensing has been performed for a preset time, the source sensing node and/or the source backscattering device End the first perception and release perception resources.
  • the device further includes:
  • the eighth sending module is used to send at least part of the historical information of the first perception to the target node; wherein the historical information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first device selects the node to be switched based on the measurement value of the first sensing sensing measurement quantity in which at least one first candidate node and/or at least one first candidate backscattering device participates based on parameter configuration information. At least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device, and sending a switching command to at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device, thereby realizing switching of the sensing node and/or the sensing backscattering device.
  • the switching processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application is a device capable of executing the above-mentioned switching processing method, and all embodiments of the above-mentioned switching processing method are applicable to this device, and can achieve the same or similar beneficial effects. This will not be repeated here.
  • this embodiment of the present application also provides a switching processing device 600, which includes:
  • the second receiving module 601 is configured to receive switching request information sent by the first device, where the switching request information is used to request the second candidate node to serve as the sensing node after the first sensing switch; the first sensing is reverse perception of involvement of scattering devices;
  • the third sending module 602 is configured to send switching response information to the first device, where the switching response information is used to indicate that the corresponding second candidate node agrees to serve as the sensing node after switching;
  • the third receiving module 603 is used to receive parameter configuration information sent by the first device; the parameter configuration information is used to Configuring the sensing parameters of the first candidate node to perform first sensing; the first sensing is sensing involving backscattering equipment;
  • the first perception processing module 604 is configured to send and/or receive the first signal corresponding to the first perception according to the parameter configuration information;
  • the node receiving the first signal obtains the measured value of the first perceived perceptual measurement quantity according to the received first signal; the measured value of the perceptual measurement quantity is used to assist the first device to obtain the perceptual measurement quantity from the first signal.
  • At least one target node for performing the first sensing is determined among at least one first candidate node.
  • the first sensing includes: the first sensing node sends a first signal, and the second sensing node receives at least part of the first signal reflected or scattered by the backscattering device;
  • the at least one first candidate node includes: at least one first candidate node of the first sensing node, and/or at least one first candidate node of the second sensing node.
  • the first sensing includes: a third sensing node sends a first signal, and the third sensing node receives at least part of the first signal reflected or scattered by the backscattering device;
  • the at least one first candidate node includes: at least one first candidate node of the third sensing node.
  • the device further includes:
  • the second receiving module is configured to receive the switching command sent by the first device and determine the first candidate node as the target node; the switching command is used to notify the target node to perform the first sensing;
  • the first execution module is configured to continue to execute the first sensing according to the switching command.
  • the device further includes:
  • a first stopping module configured to stop performing the first sensing if the first candidate node does not receive the switching command sent by the first device.
  • the first device selects at least one target node to be switched based on the measurement value of the first sensing measurement quantity in which the at least one first candidate node participates based on parameter configuration information, and sends a message to the at least one target node. Switch commands to achieve sensing nodes.
  • the switching processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application is a device capable of executing the above-mentioned switching processing method, and all embodiments of the above-mentioned switching processing method are applicable to this device, and can achieve the same or similar beneficial effects. This will not be repeated here.
  • this embodiment of the present application also provides a switching processing device 700, which includes:
  • the fourth receiving module 701 is configured to receive switching request information sent by the first device, where the switching request information is used to request the second candidate backscattering device as the sensing backscattering device after the first sensing switch;
  • One perception is the perception involving the participation of backscatter equipment;
  • the fourth sending module 702 is configured to send switching response information to the first device, where the switching response information is used to indicate that the corresponding second candidate backscattering device agrees to serve as the switched sensing backscattering device;
  • the fifth receiving module 703 is used to receive parameter configuration information sent by the first device; the parameter configuration information is used to configure the sensing parameters of the first candidate backscattering device to participate in the first sensing; the first sensing is reverse scattering equipment perception of participation;
  • the second perception processing module 704 is configured to perform reflection or scattering of the first signal corresponding to the first perception according to the parameter configuration information; the node receiving the first signal obtains the first signal according to the received first signal.
  • a measurement value of a sensing measurement quantity of the first perception; the measurement value of the perception measurement quantity is used to assist the first device in determining at least one participating device in the first perception from the at least one first candidate backscattering device.
  • Target backscatter equipment is configured to perform reflection or scattering of the first signal corresponding to the first perception according to the parameter configuration information; the node receiving the first signal obtains the first signal according to the received first signal.
  • the device further includes:
  • the fifth receiving module is used to receive the switching command sent by the first device and determine that the first candidate backscattering device is the target backscattering device; the switching command is used to notify the target backscattering device to participate in the first perception;
  • the first participation module is configured to continue to participate in the first perception according to the switching command.
  • the device further includes:
  • the second stopping module is configured to stop participating in the first sensing if the first candidate backscattering device does not receive the switching command sent by the first device.
  • the first device selects at least one target backscattering device to be switched based on the measurement value of the first sensing sensing measurement quantity in which the at least one first candidate backscattering device participates based on parameter configuration information, and A switching command is sent to at least one target backscattering device, thereby realizing switching of the sensing backscattering device.
  • the switching processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application is a device capable of executing the above-mentioned switching processing method, and all embodiments of the above-mentioned switching processing method are applicable to this device, and can achieve the same or similar beneficial effects. This will not be repeated here.
  • the switching processing device in the embodiment of the present application may be an electronic device, such as an electronic device with an operating system, or may be a component in the electronic device, such as an integrated circuit or chip.
  • the electronic device may be a terminal or other devices other than the terminal.
  • terminals may include but are not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and other devices may be servers, network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of this application.
  • NAS Network Attached Storage
  • the switching processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiments of Figures 1 to 4, and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, details will not be described here.
  • this embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 800, which includes a processor 801 and a memory 802.
  • the memory 802 stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor 801, for example.
  • the communication device 800 is the first device, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 801, each step of the above handover processing method embodiment is implemented, and the same technical effect can be achieved.
  • the communication device 800 is a candidate node or a candidate backscattering device, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 801, each step of the above handover processing method embodiment is implemented, and the same technical effect can be achieved. To avoid duplication, the steps are not included here. Again.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a first device, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used to send switching request information to at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device. , the switching request information is used to request the second candidate node to serve as the sensing node after the first sensing switch, and/or to request the second candidate backscattering device to serve as the sensing backscattering device after the first sensing switch.
  • the scattering device the first sense Known as the perception of participation of a backscattering device; sending switching request information to at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, the switching request information being used to request the second candidate node to serve as the third candidate node.
  • the processor is used to determine at least one target node and/or at least one target backscatter device from the candidate nodes and/or candidate backscatter devices that agree to switch according to the handover response information;
  • the communication interface is also used to Send a switching command to at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device, the switching command being used to notify the target node to perform the first sensing, and/or to notify the target backscattering device to participate in the first sensing .
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a node including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used to receive switching request information sent by the first device, and the switching request information is used to request the second device.
  • the candidate node serves as the sensing node after the first sensing switch; the first sensing is the sensing involving the backscattering device; sends switching response information to the first device, and the switching response information is used to indicate the corresponding second candidate
  • the node agrees to serve as a sensing node after switching; receives parameter configuration information sent by the first device; the parameter configuration information is used to configure sensing parameters for the first candidate node to perform first sensing; the first sensing is backscattering Perception in which the device participates; according to the parameter configuration information, send and/or receive the first signal corresponding to the first perception; wherein the node receiving the first signal obtains the first signal according to the received first signal.
  • the measurement value of the sensing measurement quantity of the first sensing; the measurement value of the sensing measurement quantity is used to assist the first device in determining at least one target node for performing the first sensing from the at least one first candidate node.
  • the terminal embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned terminal-side method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation manner of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to the terminal embodiment, and can achieve Same technical effect.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a terminal that implements an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal 900 includes but is not limited to: a radio frequency unit 901, a network module 902, an audio output unit 903, an input unit 904, a sensor 905, a display unit 906, a user input unit 907, an interface unit 908, a memory 909, a processor 910, etc. At least some parts.
  • the terminal 900 may also include a power supply (such as a battery) that supplies power to various components.
  • the power supply may be logically connected to the processor 910 through a power management system, thereby managing charging, discharging, and power consumption through the power management system. Management and other functions.
  • the terminal structure shown in FIG. 9 does not constitute a limitation on the terminal.
  • the terminal may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or may combine certain components, or arrange different components, which will not be described again here.
  • the input unit 904 may include a graphics processing unit (GPU) 9041 and a microphone 9042.
  • the graphics processor 9041 is responsible for the image capture device (GPU) in the video capture mode or the image capture mode. Process the image data of still pictures or videos obtained by cameras (such as cameras).
  • the display unit 906 may include a display panel 9061, which may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display, an organic light emitting diode, or the like.
  • the user input unit 907 includes a touch panel 9071 and at least one of other input devices 9072 .
  • Touch panel 9071 also known as touch screen.
  • the touch panel 9071 may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller.
  • Other input devices 9072 may include but are not limited to physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control keys, switch keys, etc.), trackballs, mice, and joysticks, which will not be described again here.
  • the radio frequency unit 901 after receiving downlink data from the network side device, can transmit it to the processor 910 for processing; in addition, the radio frequency unit 901 can send uplink data to the network side device.
  • the radio frequency unit 901 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, an amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier, a duplexer, etc.
  • Memory 909 may be used to store software programs or instructions as well as various data.
  • the memory 909 may mainly include a first storage area for storing programs or instructions and a second storage area for storing data, wherein the first storage area may store an operating system, an application program or instructions required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, Image playback function, etc.) etc.
  • memory 909 may include volatile memory or nonvolatile memory, or memory 909 may include both volatile and nonvolatile memory.
  • non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory.
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), static random access memory (Static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (Dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDRSDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (Synch link DRAM) , SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DRRAM).
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • synchronous dynamic random access memory Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • Double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDRSDRAM
  • Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM synchronous link dynamic random access memory
  • Synch link DRAM synchronous link dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM direct memory bus random access memory
  • the processor 910 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 910 integrates an application processor and a modem processor, where the application processor mainly handles operations related to the operating system, user interface, application programs, etc., Modem processors mainly process wireless communication signals, such as baseband processors. It can be understood that the above modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 910.
  • the radio frequency unit 901 is used to send switching request information to at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, where the switching request information is used to request the second candidate node to serve as the first sensing device.
  • the sensing node after switching, and/or, is used to request the second candidate backscattering device as the sensing backscattering device after the first sensing switch;
  • the first sensing is the sensing in which the backscattering device participates;
  • Processor 910 configured to determine at least one target node and/or at least one target backscatter device from candidate nodes and/or candidate backscatter devices that agree to switch, according to the handover response information;
  • the radio frequency unit 901 is also configured to send a switching command to at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device, where the switching command is used to notify the target node to perform the first sensing, and/or to notify the target backscattering device.
  • the device participates in said first perception.
  • Radio frequency unit 901 configured to receive switching request information sent by the first device, where the switching request information is used to request
  • the second candidate node serves as the sensing node after the first sensing switch; the first sensing is sensing involving backscattering equipment; and the switching response information is sent to the first device, and the switching response information is used to indicate the corresponding
  • the second candidate node agrees to serve as the sensing node after switching; receives the parameter configuration information sent by the first device; the parameter configuration information is used to configure the sensing parameters of the first candidate node to perform the first sensing; the first sensing Sensing involving backscattering equipment; sending and/or receiving the first signal corresponding to the first sensing according to the parameter configuration information;
  • the node receiving the first signal obtains the measured value of the first perceived perceptual measurement quantity according to the received first signal; the measured value of the perceptual measurement quantity is used to assist the first device to obtain the perceptual measurement quantity from the first signal.
  • At least one target node for performing the first sensing is determined among at least one first candidate node.
  • the terminal provided by the embodiments of the present application is a terminal that can perform the above-mentioned handover processing method, and all embodiments of the above-mentioned handover processing method are applicable to this terminal, and can achieve the same or similar beneficial effects.
  • the terminal provided by the embodiments of the present application is a terminal that can perform the above-mentioned handover processing method, and all embodiments of the above-mentioned handover processing method are applicable to this terminal, and can achieve the same or similar beneficial effects.
  • No further details will be given.
  • the embodiment of the present application When the first device provided by the embodiment of the present application is a network-side device, or the candidate node is a network-side device, the embodiment of the present application further provides a network-side device.
  • This network-side device embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned network-side device method embodiment.
  • Each implementation process and implementation manner of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this network-side device embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a network side device.
  • the network side device 1000 includes: an antenna 101 , a radio frequency device 102 , a baseband device 103 , a processor 104 and a memory 105 .
  • the antenna 101 is connected to the radio frequency device 102 .
  • the radio frequency device 102 receives information through the antenna 101 and sends the received information to the baseband device 103 for processing.
  • the baseband device 103 processes the information to be sent and sends it to the radio frequency device 102.
  • the radio frequency device 102 processes the received information and then sends it out through the antenna 101.
  • the method performed by the network side device in the above embodiment can be implemented in the baseband device 103, which includes a baseband processor.
  • the baseband device 103 may include, for example, at least one baseband board on which multiple chips are disposed, as shown in FIG. Program to perform the network device operations shown in the above method embodiments.
  • the network side device may also include a network interface 106, which is, for example, a common public radio interface (CPRI).
  • a network interface 106 which is, for example, a common public radio interface (CPRI).
  • CPRI common public radio interface
  • the network side device 1000 in the embodiment of the present application also includes: instructions or programs stored in the memory 105 and executable on the processor 104.
  • the processor 104 calls the instructions or programs in the memory 105 to execute Figure 5 or Figure 6
  • the execution methods of each module are shown and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, they will not be described in detail here.
  • the core network equipment 1100 includes: a processor 1101, a network interface 1102 and a memory 1103.
  • the network interface 1102 is, for example, a common public radio interface (CPRI).
  • CPRI common public radio interface
  • the core network device 1100 in the embodiment of the present application also includes: instructions or programs stored in the memory 1103 and executable on the processor 1101.
  • the processor 1101 calls the instructions or programs in the memory 1103 to execute what is shown in Figure 5 It shows the execution method of each module and achieves the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, it will not be repeated here.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a readable storage medium.
  • Programs or instructions are stored on the readable storage medium.
  • the program or instructions are executed by a processor, each process of the above switching processing method embodiment is implemented, and the same can be achieved. The technical effects will not be repeated here to avoid repetition.
  • the processor is the processor in the terminal described in the above embodiment.
  • the readable storage medium includes computer readable storage media, such as computer read-only memory ROM, random access memory RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk, etc.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip.
  • the chip includes a processor and a communication interface.
  • the communication interface is coupled to the processor.
  • the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the above switching processing method embodiment. Each process can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, it will not be described again here.
  • chips mentioned in the embodiments of this application may also be called system-on-chip, system-on-a-chip, system-on-chip or system-on-chip, etc.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program/program product.
  • the computer program/program product is stored in a storage medium.
  • the computer program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the above switching processing method embodiment.
  • Each process can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, we will not go into details here.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, including: a first device, a first candidate node, and a first candidate backscattering device.
  • the first device may be configured to perform the steps of the method as described above.
  • the first device A candidate node may be used to perform the steps of the method as described above, and the first candidate backscattering device may be used to perform the steps of the method as described above.
  • the methods of the above embodiments can be implemented by means of software plus the necessary general hardware platform. Of course, it can also be implemented by hardware, but in many cases the former is better. implementation.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a computer software product that is essentially or contributes to the existing technology.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, disk , CD), including several instructions to cause a terminal (which can be a mobile phone, computer, server, air conditioner, or network device, etc.) to execute the methods described in various embodiments of this application.

Abstract

The present application relates to the field of integrated sensing and communications, and discloses a switching processing method and apparatus, and a device. The method comprises: a first device sends switching request information to at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscatter device; the first device receives switching response information sent by the second candidate node and/or the second candidate backscatter device, the switching response information being used for indicating that the corresponding second candidate node and/or second candidate backscatter device agree to serve as a sensing node and/or a sensing backscatter device after switching; according to the switching response information, the first device determines a target node and/or a target backscatter device from candidate nodes and/or candidate backscatter devices that agree to switch; the first device sends a switching command to at least one target node and/or at least one target backscatter device, the switching command being used for notifying the target node to execute first sensing and/or notifying the target backscatter device to participate in the first sensing.

Description

切换处理方法、装置及设备Switch processing methods, devices and equipment
相关申请的交叉引用Cross-references to related applications
本申请主张在2022年9月9日在中国提交的中国专利申请No.202211105490.2的优先权,其全部内容通过引用包含于此。This application claims priority from Chinese Patent Application No. 202211105490.2 filed in China on September 9, 2022, the entire content of which is incorporated herein by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请属于通信感知一体化技术领域,具体涉及一种切换处理方法、装置及设备。This application belongs to the field of communication perception integration technology, and specifically relates to a handover processing method, device and equipment.
背景技术Background technique
通信感知一体化(Integrated Sensing and Communication,ISAC)有潜力将无线感知集成到移动网络中,这里称之为感知移动网络(Perceptive Mobile Networks,PMNs)。感知移动网络能够同时提供通信和无线感知服务,并且由于其较大的宽带覆盖范围和强大的基础设施,有望成为一种无处不在的无线传感解决方案。感知移动网络可以广泛应用于交通、通信、能源、精准农业和安全领域的通信和传感。它还可以为现有的传感器网络提供互补的传感能力,具有独特的昼夜操作功能,能够穿透雾、树叶甚至固体物体。Integrated Sensing and Communication (ISAC) has the potential to integrate wireless sensing into mobile networks, here called Perceptive Mobile Networks (PMNs). Sensing mobile networks are capable of providing both communication and wireless sensing services, and are expected to become a ubiquitous wireless sensing solution due to their large broadband coverage and strong infrastructure. Perceptual mobile networks can be widely used in communication and sensing in the fields of transportation, communications, energy, precision agriculture, and security. It can also provide complementary sensing capabilities to existing sensor networks, with unique day and night operation capabilities and the ability to penetrate fog, foliage and even solid objects.
点对点反向散射(Backscatter,BSC)技术已经被广泛应用于射频识别(Radio Frequency Identification,RFID)的应用中,无源RFID标签可以向近场(通常是几厘米~一米)询问的阅读器报告标识(Identification,ID)。在早期阶段,物联网主要由用于物流和库存管理的RFID设备组成。然而,未来第六代移动通信技术(6th generation mobile networks,6G)物联网预计将连接数百亿设备,完成更复杂、更多功能的任务,并产生全球范围的影响。通感一体化能够催生出一系列6G新应用,基于低功耗通信设备的通感一体化也将成为6G的一个重要应用场景。基于射频识别(Radio Frequency Identification,RFID)以及反向散射通信(Backscatter Communications)技术的无线感知,相比于设备解耦(Device-free)的无线感知,在实现基本的感知功能同时,还能够获取额外的感知目标信息,从而有望进一步增强感知/通感一体化性能。Point-to-point backscatter (BSC) technology has been widely used in radio frequency identification (Radio Frequency Identification, RFID) applications. Passive RFID tags can report to readers that interrogate in the near field (usually a few centimeters to one meter). Identification (ID). In its early stages, IoT mainly consisted of RFID devices used in logistics and inventory management. However, in the future, the 6th generation mobile communications technology (6G) Internet of Things is expected to connect tens of billions of devices, complete more complex and functional tasks, and have a global impact. Synaesthesia integration can give rise to a series of new 6G applications, and synaesthesia integration based on low-power communication equipment will also become an important application scenario of 6G. Wireless sensing based on Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) and Backscatter Communications technology, compared with device-free wireless sensing, can not only achieve basic sensing functions, but also obtain Additional perceptual target information is expected to further enhance perceptual/synaesthetic integration performance.
目前,(蜂窝)移动通信网络中基于低功耗反向散射设备(例如射频识别标签(RFID tag)或者反向散射标签(Backscatter tag))进行无线感知,是通感一体化的其中一个重要发展趋势,具有较广阔的应用场景。然而,该技术下的,如何进行感知节点和/或感知反向散射设备切换,目前尚无明确规定。Currently, wireless sensing based on low-power backscatter devices (such as radio frequency identification tags (RFID tags) or backscatter tags) in (cellular) mobile communication networks is one of the important developments in synaesthesia integration. trend, with broader application scenarios. However, there are currently no clear regulations on how to switch sensing nodes and/or sensing backscattering devices under this technology.
发明内容 Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种切换处理方法、装置及设备,能够解决相关技术中未规定反向散射设备参与的无线感知中如何进行感知节点和/或感知反向散射设备切换的问题。Embodiments of the present application provide a switching processing method, device and equipment, which can solve the problem of how to switch sensing nodes and/or sensing backscattering devices in wireless sensing in which backscattering devices are not specified in related technologies.
第一方面,提供了一种切换处理方法,包括:The first aspect provides a switching processing method, including:
所述第一设备向至少一个第二候选节点和/或至少一个第二候选反向散射设备发送切换请求信息,所述切换请求信息用于请求所述第二候选节点作为第一感知切换后的感知节点,和/或,用于请求所述第二候选反向散射设备作为第一感知切换后的感知反向散射设备;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;The first device sends switching request information to at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, where the switching request information is used to request the second candidate node to serve as the first sensing switch after the switching. A sensing node, and/or, configured to request the second candidate backscattering device as the sensing backscattering device after the first sensing switch; the first sensing is the sensing in which the backscattering device participates;
所述第一设备接收至少一个第二候选节点和/或至少一个第二候选反向散射设备发送的切换应答信息,所述切换应答信息用于指示对应的第二候选节点和/或第二候选反向散射设备同意作为切换后的感知节点和/或感知反向散射设备;The first device receives switching response information sent by at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, where the switching response information is used to indicate the corresponding second candidate node and/or the second candidate The backscattering device agrees to serve as the sensing node and/or the sensing backscattering device after switching;
所述第一设备根据所述切换应答信息,从同意切换的候选节点和/或候选反向散射设备中确定至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备;The first device determines at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device from the candidate nodes and/or candidate backscattering devices that agree to the handover based on the handover response information;
所述第一设备向至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备发送切换命令,所述切换命令用于通知目标节点执行所述第一感知,和/或通知目标反向散射设备参与所述第一感知。The first device sends a switching command to at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device, where the switching command is used to notify the target node to perform the first sensing, and/or to notify the target backscattering device to participate. The first perception.
第二方面,提供了一种切换处理方法,包括:The second aspect provides a switching processing method, including:
第二候选节点接收第一设备发送的切换请求信息,所述切换请求信息用于请求所述第二候选节点作为第一感知切换后的感知节点;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;The second candidate node receives the switching request information sent by the first device, and the switching request information is used to request the second candidate node to serve as the sensing node after the first sensing switch; the first sensing is a backscattering device participating perception;
所述第二候选节点向所述第一设备发送切换应答信息,所述切换应答信息用于指示对应的第二候选节点同意作为切换后的感知节点;The second candidate node sends switching response information to the first device, where the switching response information is used to indicate that the corresponding second candidate node agrees to serve as the sensing node after switching;
第一候选节点接收第一设备发送的参数配置信息;所述参数配置信息用于配置所述第一候选节点执行第一感知的感知参数;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;所述第一候选节点包括:第二候选节点中同意切换的候选节点;The first candidate node receives the parameter configuration information sent by the first device; the parameter configuration information is used to configure the sensing parameters for the first candidate node to perform first sensing; the first sensing is sensing involving the backscattering device; The first candidate node includes: a candidate node among the second candidate nodes that agrees to switch;
所述第一候选节点根据所述参数配置信息,进行所述第一感知对应的第一信号的发送和/或接收;The first candidate node sends and/or receives the first signal corresponding to the first perception according to the parameter configuration information;
其中,接收所述第一信号的节点根据接收到的第一信号获得所述第一感知的感知测量量的测量值;所述感知测量量的测量值用于辅助所述第一设备从所述至少一个第一候选节点中确定执行所述第一感知的至少一个目标节点。Wherein, the node receiving the first signal obtains the measured value of the first perceived perceptual measurement quantity according to the received first signal; the measured value of the perceptual measurement quantity is used to assist the first device to obtain the perceptual measurement quantity from the first signal. At least one target node for performing the first sensing is determined among at least one first candidate node.
第三方面,提供了一种切换处理方法,包括:The third aspect provides a switching processing method, including:
第二候选反向散射设备接收第一设备发送切换请求信息,所述切换请求信息用于请求所述第二候选反向散射设备作为第一感知切换后的感知反向散射设备;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;The second candidate backscattering device receives switching request information sent by the first device, and the switching request information is used to request the second candidate backscattering device to serve as the sensing backscattering device after the first sensing switch; the first sensing backscattering device Perception involves the participation of backscattering devices;
所述第二候选反向散射设备向所述第一设备发送切换应答信息,所述切换应答信息用于指示对应的第二候选反向散射设备同意作为切换后的感知反向散射设备;The second candidate backscattering device sends switching response information to the first device, where the switching response information is used to indicate that the corresponding second candidate backscattering device agrees to serve as the switched sensing backscattering device;
第一候选反向散射设备接收第一设备发送的参数配置信息;所述参数配置信息用于配 置所述第一候选反向散射设备参与第一感知的感知参数;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;所述第一候选反向散射设备包括:第二候选反向散射设备中同意切换的候选反向散射设备;The first candidate backscattering device receives parameter configuration information sent by the first device; the parameter configuration information is used to configure Sensing parameters that set the first candidate backscattering device to participate in the first perception; the first perception is the perception in which the backscattering device participates; the first candidate backscattering device includes: a second candidate backscattering device Candidate backscattering devices that agree to be switched;
所述第一候选反向散射设备根据所述参数配置信息,进行所述第一感知对应的第一信号的反射或散射;接收所述第一信号的节点根据接收到的第一信号获得所述第一感知的感知测量量的测量值;所述感知测量量的测量值用于辅助所述第一设备从所述至少一个第一候选反向散射设备中确定参与所述第一感知的至少一个目标反向散射设备。The first candidate backscattering device performs reflection or scattering of the first signal corresponding to the first perception according to the parameter configuration information; the node receiving the first signal obtains the first signal according to the received first signal. A measurement value of a sensing measurement quantity of the first perception; the measurement value of the perception measurement quantity is used to assist the first device in determining at least one participating device in the first perception from the at least one first candidate backscattering device. Target backscatter equipment.
第四方面,提供了一种切换处理装置,包括:In a fourth aspect, a switching processing device is provided, including:
第一发送模块,用于向至少一个第二候选节点和/或至少一个第二候选反向散射设备发送切换请求信息,所述切换请求信息用于请求所述第二候选节点作为第一感知切换后的感知节点,和/或,用于请求所述第二候选反向散射设备作为第一感知切换后的感知反向散射设备;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;A first sending module, configured to send switching request information to at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, where the switching request information is used to request the second candidate node to serve as a first sensing switch The subsequent sensing node, and/or, is used to request the second candidate backscattering device as the sensing backscattering device after the first sensing switch; the first sensing is the sensing in which the backscattering device participates;
第一接收模块,用于接收至少一个第二候选节点和/或至少一个第二候选反向散射设备发送的切换应答信息,所述切换应答信息用于指示对应的第二候选节点和/或第二候选反向散射设备同意作为切换后的感知节点和/或感知反向散射设备;A first receiving module configured to receive switching response information sent by at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, where the switching response information is used to indicate the corresponding second candidate node and/or the third candidate node. The two candidate backscattering devices agree to serve as sensing nodes and/or sensing backscattering devices after switching;
第一确定模块,用于根据所述切换应答信息,从同意切换的候选节点和/或候选反向散射设备中确定至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备;A first determination module, configured to determine at least one target node and/or at least one target backscatter device from candidate nodes and/or candidate backscatter devices that agree to switch, based on the handover response information;
第二发送模块,用于向至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备发送切换命令,所述切换命令用于通知目标节点执行所述第一感知,和/或通知目标反向散射设备参与所述第一感知。A second sending module, configured to send a switching command to at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device, where the switching command is used to notify the target node to perform the first sensing, and/or to notify the target backscattering device. The device participates in said first perception.
第五方面,提供了一种第一设备,该第一设备包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤。In a fifth aspect, a first device is provided. The first device includes a processor and a memory. The memory stores a program or instructions executable on the processor. The program or instructions are executed by the processor. When implementing the steps of the method described in the first aspect.
第六方面,提供了一种第一设备,包括处理器及通信接口,其中,所述通信接口用于向至少一个第二候选节点和/或至少一个第二候选反向散射设备发送切换请求信息,所述切换请求信息用于请求所述第二候选节点作为第一感知切换后的感知节点,和/或,用于请求所述第二候选反向散射设备作为第一感知切换后的感知反向散射设备;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;向至少一个第二候选节点和/或至少一个第二候选反向散射设备发送切换请求信息,所述切换请求信息用于请求所述第二候选节点作为第一感知切换后的感知节点,和/或,用于请求所述第二候选反向散射设备作为第一感知切换后的感知反向散射设备;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;所述处理器用于所述切换应答信息,从同意切换的候选节点和/或候选反向散射设备中确定至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备;所述通信接口还用于向至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备发送切换命令,所述切换命令用于通知目标节点执行所述第一感知,和/或通知目标反向散射设备参与所述第一感知。 In a sixth aspect, a first device is provided, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used to send switching request information to at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device. , the switching request information is used to request the second candidate node to serve as the sensing node after the first sensing switch, and/or to request the second candidate backscattering device to serve as the sensing backscattering device after the first sensing switch. to the scattering device; the first perception is a perception in which the backscattering device participates; and to at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, sending switching request information, where the switching request information is used to request The second candidate node serves as the sensing node after the first sensing switch, and/or is used to request the second candidate backscattering device as the sensing backscattering device after the first sensing switch; the first sensing For the perception of backscattering device participation; the processor is used in the handover response information to determine at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device from candidate nodes and/or candidate backscattering devices that agree to handover ; The communication interface is also used to send a switching command to at least one target node and/or at least one target backscatter device, the switching command is used to notify the target node to perform the first sensing, and/or to notify the target reverse Scattering devices participate in said first perception.
第七方面,提供了一种切换处理装置,包括:In a seventh aspect, a switching processing device is provided, including:
第二接收模块,用于接收第一设备发送的切换请求信息,所述切换请求信息用于请求所述第二候选节点作为第一感知切换后的感知节点;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;The second receiving module is configured to receive switching request information sent by the first device, where the switching request information is used to request the second candidate node to serve as the sensing node after the first sensing switch; the first sensing is backscattering Perception of device involvement;
第三发送模块,用于向所述第一设备发送切换应答信息,所述切换应答信息用于指示对应的第二候选节点同意作为切换后的感知节点;A third sending module, configured to send switching response information to the first device, where the switching response information is used to indicate that the corresponding second candidate node agrees to serve as the sensing node after switching;
第三接收模块,用于接收第一设备发送的参数配置信息;所述参数配置信息用于配置所述第一候选节点执行第一感知的感知参数;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;The third receiving module is used to receive parameter configuration information sent by the first device; the parameter configuration information is used to configure the sensing parameters of the first candidate node to perform first sensing; the first sensing is the participation of backscattering equipment perception;
第一感知处理模块,用于根据所述参数配置信息,进行所述第一感知对应的第一信号的发送和/或接收;A first perception processing module, configured to send and/or receive the first signal corresponding to the first perception according to the parameter configuration information;
其中,接收所述第一信号的节点根据接收到的第一信号获得所述第一感知的感知测量量的测量值;所述感知测量量的测量值用于辅助所述第一设备从所述至少一个第一候选节点中确定执行所述第一感知的至少一个目标节点。Wherein, the node receiving the first signal obtains the measured value of the first perceived perceptual measurement quantity according to the received first signal; the measured value of the perceptual measurement quantity is used to assist the first device to obtain the perceptual measurement quantity from the first signal. At least one target node for performing the first sensing is determined among at least one first candidate node.
第八方面,提供了一种节点,该节点包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如第二方面所述的方法的步骤。In an eighth aspect, a node is provided. The node includes a processor and a memory. The memory stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor. When the program or instructions are executed by the processor, the following implementations are implemented: The steps of the method described in the second aspect.
第九方面,提供了一种节点,包括处理器及通信接口,其中,所述通信接口用于接收第一设备发送的切换请求信息,所述切换请求信息用于请求所述第二候选节点作为第一感知切换后的感知节点;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;向所述第一设备发送切换应答信息,所述切换应答信息用于指示对应的第二候选节点同意作为切换后的感知节点;接收第一设备发送的参数配置信息;所述参数配置信息用于配置所述第一候选节点执行第一感知的感知参数;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;根据所述参数配置信息,进行所述第一感知对应的第一信号的发送和/或接收;In a ninth aspect, a node is provided, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used to receive switching request information sent by the first device, and the switching request information is used to request the second candidate node as The sensing node after the first sensing switch; the first sensing is sensing involving the backscattering device; sending switching response information to the first device, where the switching response information is used to indicate that the corresponding second candidate node agrees to act as The switched sensing node; receives parameter configuration information sent by the first device; the parameter configuration information is used to configure the sensing parameters of the first candidate node to perform first sensing; the first sensing is a backscattering device participating Sensing; sending and/or receiving the first signal corresponding to the first sensing according to the parameter configuration information;
其中,接收所述第一信号的节点根据接收到的第一信号获得所述第一感知的感知测量量的测量值;所述感知测量量的测量值用于辅助所述第一设备从所述至少一个第一候选节点中确定执行所述第一感知的至少一个目标节点。Wherein, the node receiving the first signal obtains the measured value of the first perceived perceptual measurement quantity according to the received first signal; the measured value of the perceptual measurement quantity is used to assist the first device to obtain the perceptual measurement quantity from the first signal. At least one target node for performing the first sensing is determined among at least one first candidate node.
第十方面,提供了一种切换处理装置,包括:In a tenth aspect, a switching processing device is provided, including:
第四接收模块,用于接收第一设备发送切换请求信息,所述切换请求信息用于请求所述第二候选反向散射设备作为第一感知切换后的感知反向散射设备;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;The fourth receiving module is configured to receive switching request information sent by the first device, where the switching request information is used to request the second candidate backscattering device as the sensing backscattering device after the first sensing switch; the first sensing backscattering device Perception involves the participation of backscattering devices;
第四发送模块,用于向所述第一设备发送切换应答信息,所述切换应答信息用于指示对应的第二候选反向散射设备同意作为切换后的感知反向散射设备;A fourth sending module, configured to send switching response information to the first device, where the switching response information is used to indicate that the corresponding second candidate backscattering device agrees to serve as the switched sensing backscattering device;
第五接收模块,用于接收第一设备发送的参数配置信息;所述参数配置信息用于配置所述第一候选反向散射设备参与第一感知的感知参数;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知; The fifth receiving module is used to receive parameter configuration information sent by the first device; the parameter configuration information is used to configure the sensing parameters of the first candidate backscattering device to participate in the first sensing; the first sensing is reverse perception of involvement of scattering devices;
第二感知处理模块,用于根据所述参数配置信息,进行所述第一感知对应的第一信号的反射或散射;接收所述第一信号的节点根据接收到的第一信号获得所述第一感知的感知测量量的测量值;所述感知测量量的测量值用于辅助所述第一设备从所述至少一个第一候选反向散射设备中确定参与所述第一感知的至少一个目标反向散射设备。The second perception processing module is configured to perform reflection or scattering of the first signal corresponding to the first perception according to the parameter configuration information; the node receiving the first signal obtains the first signal according to the received first signal. A measured value of a perceived sensing measurement quantity; the measured value of the sensing measurement quantity is used to assist the first device in determining at least one target participating in the first sensing from the at least one first candidate backscattering device Backscatter equipment.
第十一方面,提供了一种反向散射设备,该反射散射设备包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如第三方面所述的方法的步骤。In an eleventh aspect, a backscattering device is provided, the backscattering device comprising a processor and a memory, the memory storing a program or instructions executable on the processor, the program or instructions being processed by the When the processor is executed, the steps of the method as described in the third aspect are implemented.
第十二方面,提供了一种反向散射设备,包括处理器及通信接口,其中,所述通信接口用于接收第一设备发送切换请求信息,所述切换请求信息用于请求所述第二候选反向散射设备作为第一感知切换后的感知反向散射设备;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;向所述第一设备发送切换应答信息,所述切换应答信息用于指示对应的第二候选反向散射设备同意作为切换后的感知反向散射设备;接收第一设备发送的参数配置信息;所述参数配置信息用于配置所述第一候选反向散射设备参与第一感知的感知参数;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;根据所述参数配置信息,进行所述第一感知对应的第一信号的反射或散射;接收所述第一信号的节点根据接收到的第一信号获得所述第一感知的感知测量量的测量值;所述感知测量量的测量值用于辅助所述第一设备从所述至少一个第一候选反向散射设备中确定参与所述第一感知的至少一个目标反向散射设备。In a twelfth aspect, a backscattering device is provided, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used to receive switching request information sent by the first device, and the switching request information is used to request the second device. The candidate backscattering device serves as the sensing backscattering device after the first sensing switch; the first sensing is the sensing in which the backscattering device participates; and the switching response information is sent to the first device, and the switching response information is used to Instruct the corresponding second candidate backscattering device to agree to serve as the sensing backscattering device after switching; receive parameter configuration information sent by the first device; the parameter configuration information is used to configure the first candidate backscattering device to participate in the first A sensing parameter of sensing; the first sensing is sensing involving backscattering equipment; performing reflection or scattering of the first signal corresponding to the first sensing according to the parameter configuration information; receiving the first signal The node obtains a measured value of the first perceived perceptual measurement quantity according to the received first signal; the measured value of the perceptual measurement quantity is used to assist the first device from the at least one first candidate backscattering device. At least one target backscattering device participating in the first sensing is determined.
第十三方面,提供了一种通信系统,包括:第一设备、第一候选节点以及第一候选反向散射设备,所述第一设备可用于执行如第一方面所述的方法的步骤,所述第一候选节点可用于执行如第二方面所述的方法的步骤,所述第一候选反向散射设备科用于执行如第三方面所述的方法的步骤。In a thirteenth aspect, a communication system is provided, including: a first device, a first candidate node, and a first candidate backscatter device, the first device being operable to perform the steps of the method described in the first aspect, The first candidate node may be used to perform the steps of the method as described in the second aspect, and the first candidate backscattering device may be used to perform the steps of the method as described in the third aspect.
第十四方面,提供了一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质上存储程序或指令,所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤,或者实现如第二方面所述的方法的步骤,或者实现如第三方面所述的方法的步骤。In a fourteenth aspect, a readable storage medium is provided. Programs or instructions are stored on the readable storage medium. When the programs or instructions are executed by a processor, the steps of the method described in the first aspect are implemented, or the steps of the method are implemented. The steps of the method as described in the second aspect, or the steps of implementing the method as described in the third aspect.
第十五方面,提供了一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于运行程序或指令,实现如第一方面所述的方法,或实现如第二方面所述的方法,或实现如第三方面所述的方法。In a fifteenth aspect, a chip is provided. The chip includes a processor and a communication interface. The communication interface is coupled to the processor. The processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the method described in the first aspect. method, or implement the method as described in the second aspect, or implement the method as described in the third aspect.
第十六方面,提供了一种计算机程序/程序产品,所述计算机程序/程序产品被存储在存储介质中,所述计算机程序/程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤,或实现如第二方面所述的方法的步骤,或实现如第三方面所述的方法的步骤。In a sixteenth aspect, a computer program/program product is provided, the computer program/program product is stored in a storage medium, and the computer program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement as described in the first aspect The steps of the method, or the steps of implementing the method as described in the second aspect, or the steps of implementing the method as described in the third aspect.
在本申请实施例中,第一设备根据至少一个第二候选节点和/或至少一个第二候选反向散射设备反馈的同意作为切换后的感知节点和/或感知反向散射设备的应答信息,选择待切换的至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备,并向至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备发送切换命令,从而实现感知节点和/或感知反向散射设备的切换。 In this embodiment of the present application, the first device serves as the response information of the switched sensing node and/or sensing backscattering device based on the consent fed back by at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, Select at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device to be switched, and send a switching command to the at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device, thereby realizing sensing nodes and/or sensing backscattering Device switching.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1表示本申请实施例可应用的一种无线通信系统的框图;Figure 1 shows a block diagram of a wireless communication system to which embodiments of the present application can be applied;
图2表示本申请实施例提供的切换处理方法的步骤流程图之一;Figure 2 shows one of the step flow charts of the handover processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图3表示本申请实施例提供的切换处理方法的步骤流程图之二;Figure 3 shows the second step flow chart of the handover processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图4表示本申请实施例提供的切换处理方法的步骤流程图之三;Figure 4 shows the third step flow chart of the handover processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图5表示本申请实施例提供的切换处理装置的结构示意图之一;Figure 5 shows one of the structural schematic diagrams of the switching processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图6表示本申请实施例提供的切换处理装置的结构示意图之二;Figure 6 shows the second structural schematic diagram of the switching processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图7表示本申请实施例提供的切换处理装置的结构示意图之三;Figure 7 shows the third structural schematic diagram of the switching processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图8表示本申请实施例提供的通信设备的结构示意图;Figure 8 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9表示本申请实施例提供的终端的结构示意图;Figure 9 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10表示本申请实施例提供的网络侧设备的结构示意图;Figure 10 shows a schematic structural diagram of a network side device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11表示本申请实施例提供的核心网设备的结构示意图。Figure 11 shows a schematic structural diagram of the core network equipment provided by the embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be clearly described below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present application, but not all of the embodiments. Based on the embodiments in this application, all other embodiments obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art fall within the scope of protection of this application.
本申请的说明书和权利要求书中的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象,而不用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的术语在适当情况下可以互换,以便本申请的实施例能够以除了在这里图示或描述的那些以外的顺序实施,且“第一”、“第二”所区别的对象通常为一类,并不限定对象的个数,例如第一对象可以是一个,也可以是多个。此外,说明书以及权利要求中“和/或”表示所连接对象的至少其中之一,字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。The terms "first", "second", etc. in the description and claims of this application are used to distinguish similar objects and are not used to describe a specific order or sequence. It is to be understood that the terms so used are interchangeable under appropriate circumstances so that the embodiments of the present application can be practiced in sequences other than those illustrated or described herein, and that "first" and "second" are distinguished objects It is usually one type, and the number of objects is not limited. For example, the first object can be one or multiple. In addition, "and/or" in the description and claims indicates at least one of the connected objects, and the character "/" generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or" relationship.
值得指出的是,本申请实施例所描述的技术不限于长期演进型(Long Term Evolution,LTE)/LTE的演进(LTE-Advanced,LTE-A)系统,还可用于其他无线通信系统,诸如码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)、时分多址(Time Division Multiple Access,TDMA)、频分多址(Frequency Division Multiple Access,FDMA)、正交频分多址(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access,OFDMA)、单载波频分多址(Single-carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access,SC-FDMA)和其他系统。本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”常被可互换地使用,所描述的技术既可用于以上提及的系统和无线电技术,也可用于其他系统和无线电技术。以下描述出于示例目的描述了新空口(New Radio,NR)系统,并且在以下大部分描述中使用NR术语,但是这些技术也可应用于NR系统应用以外的应用,如第6代(6th Generation,6G)通信系统。 It is worth pointing out that the technology described in the embodiments of this application is not limited to Long Term Evolution (LTE)/LTE Evolution (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A) systems, and can also be used in other wireless communication systems, such as code Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA), Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access, OFDMA), Single-carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA) and other systems. The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of this application are often used interchangeably, and the described technology can be used not only for the above-mentioned systems and radio technologies, but also for other systems and radio technologies. The following description describes a New Radio (NR) system for example purposes, and NR terminology is used in much of the following description, but these techniques can also be applied to applications other than NR system applications, such as 6th generation Generation, 6G) communication system.
图1示出本申请实施例可应用的一种无线通信系统的框图。无线通信系统包括终端11和网络侧设备12。其中,终端11可以是手机、平板电脑(Tablet Personal Computer)、膝上型电脑(Laptop Computer)或称为笔记本电脑、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、掌上电脑、上网本、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer,UMPC)、移动上网装置(Mobile Internet Device,MID)、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)/虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、机器人、可穿戴式设备(Wearable Device)、车载设备(Vehicle User Equipment,VUE)、行人终端(Pedestrian User Equipment,PUE)、智能家居(具有无线通信功能的家居设备,如冰箱、电视、洗衣机或者家具等)、游戏机、个人计算机(personal computer,PC)、柜员机或者自助机等终端侧设备,可穿戴式设备包括:智能手表、智能手环、智能耳机、智能眼镜、智能首饰(智能手镯、智能手链、智能戒指、智能项链、智能脚镯、智能脚链等)、智能腕带、智能服装等。需要说明的是,在本申请实施例并不限定终端11的具体类型。网络侧设备12可以包括接入网设备或核心网设备,其中,接入网设备也可以称为无线接入网设备、无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)、无线接入网功能或无线接入网单元。接入网设备可以包括基站、无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Network,WLAN)接入点或WiFi节点等,基站可被称为节点B、演进节点B(eNB)、接入点、基收发机站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS)、无线电基站、无线电收发机、基本服务集(Basic Service Set,BSS)、扩展服务集(Extended Service Set,ESS)、家用B节点、家用演进型B节点、发送接收点(Transmission Reception Point,TRP)或所述领域中其他某个合适的术语,只要达到相同的技术效果,所述基站不限于特定技术词汇,需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中仅以NR系统中的基站为例进行介绍,并不限定基站的具体类型。核心网设备可以包含但不限于如下至少一项:核心网节点、核心网功能、移动管理实体(Mobility Management Entity,MME)、接入移动管理功能(Access and Mobility Management Function,AMF)、会话管理功能(Session Management Function,SMF)、用户平面功能(User Plane Function,UPF)、策略控制功能(Policy Control Function,PCF)、策略与计费规则功能单元(Policy and Charging Rules Function,PCRF)、边缘应用服务发现功能(Edge Application Server Discovery Function,EASDF)、统一数据管理(Unified Data Management,UDM),统一数据仓储(Unified Data Repository,UDR)、归属用户服务器(Home Subscriber Server,HSS)、集中式网络配置(Centralized network configuration,CNC)、网络存储功能(Network Repository Function,NRF),网络开放功能(Network Exposure Function,NEF)、本地NEF(Local NEF,或L-NEF)、绑定支持功能(Binding Support Function,BSF)、应用功能(Application Function,AF)等。需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中仅以NR系统中的核心网设备为例进行介绍,并不限定核心网设备的具体类型。Figure 1 shows a block diagram of a wireless communication system to which embodiments of the present application are applicable. The wireless communication system includes a terminal 11 and a network side device 12. Among them, the terminal 11 can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (Tablet Personal Computer), a laptop computer (Laptop Computer), or a notebook computer, a personal digital assistant (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), a handheld computer, a netbook, or a super mobile personal computer. (ultra-mobile personal computer, UMPC), mobile Internet device (Mobile Internet Device, MID), augmented reality (augmented reality, AR)/virtual reality (VR) equipment, robots, wearable devices (Wearable Device) , vehicle user equipment (VUE), pedestrian terminal (Pedestrian User Equipment, PUE), smart home (home equipment with wireless communication functions, such as refrigerators, TVs, washing machines or furniture, etc.), game consoles, personal computers (personal computer, PC), teller machine or self-service machine and other terminal-side devices. Wearable devices include: smart watches, smart bracelets, smart headphones, smart glasses, smart jewelry (smart bracelets, smart bracelets, smart rings, smart necklaces, smart anklets) bracelets, smart anklets, etc.), smart wristbands, smart clothing, etc. It should be noted that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific type of the terminal 11. The network side equipment 12 may include access network equipment or core network equipment, where the access network equipment may also be called wireless access network equipment, radio access network (Radio Access Network, RAN), radio access network function or wireless access network unit. Access network equipment can include base stations, Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) access points or WiFi nodes, etc. The base station can be called Node B, Evolved Node B (eNB), access point, base transceiver station ( Base Transceiver Station (BTS), radio base station, radio transceiver, Basic Service Set (BSS), Extended Service Set (ESS), home B-node, home evolved B-node, sending and receiving point ( Transmission Reception Point (TRP) or some other appropriate term in the field, as long as the same technical effect is achieved, the base station is not limited to specific technical terms. It should be noted that in the embodiment of this application, only the NR system is used The base station is introduced as an example, and the specific type of base station is not limited. Core network equipment may include but is not limited to at least one of the following: core network nodes, core network functions, mobility management entities (Mobility Management Entity, MME), access mobility management functions (Access and Mobility Management Function, AMF), session management functions (Session Management Function, SMF), User Plane Function (UPF), Policy Control Function (PCF), Policy and Charging Rules Function (PCRF), Edge Application Services Discovery function (Edge Application Server Discovery Function, EASDF), unified data management (Unified Data Management, UDM), unified data warehousing (Unified Data Repository, UDR), home subscriber server (Home Subscriber Server, HSS), centralized network configuration ( Centralized network configuration, CNC), Network Repository Function (NRF), Network Exposure Function (NEF), Local NEF (Local NEF, or L-NEF), Binding Support Function (Binding Support Function, BSF), application function (Application Function, AF), etc. It should be noted that in the embodiment of this application, only the core network equipment in the NR system is used as an example for introduction, and the specific type of the core network equipment is not limited.
下面结合附图,通过一些实施例及其应用场景对本申请实施例提供的切换处理方法进行详细地说明。The handover processing method provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings through some embodiments and application scenarios.
移动通信网络中,基站(包括基站上的某1个或多个传输接收点(Transmission  Reception Point,TRP)、用户设备(User Equipment,UE)(包括UE上1个或多个子阵列/面板(Panel)),可以作为参与感知/通感一体化业务的感知节点。典型的UE包括手机终端、便携平板电脑等。通过节点间发送和接收第一信号,可以实现对某个区域或者某个实体目标进行感知。所述第一信号可以是不包含传输信息的信号,如现有的LTE/NR同步和参考信号,包括同步信号和物理广播信道(Synchronization Signal and PBCH block,SSB)信号、信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information-Reference Signal,CSI-RS)、解调参考信号(Demodulation Reference Signal,DMRS)、信道探测参考信号(Sounding Reference Signal,SRS)、定位参考信号(Positioning Reference Signal,PRS)、相位追踪参考信号(Phase Tracking Reference Signal,PTRS)等;也可以是雷达常用的单频连续波(Continuous Wave,CW)、调频连续波(Frequency Modulated CW,FMCW),以及超宽带高斯脉冲等;还可以是新设计的专用信号,具有良好的相关特性和低峰均功率比,或者新设计的通感一体化信号,既承载一定信息,同时具有较好的感知性能。例如,该新信号为至少一种专用感知信号/参考信号,和至少一种通信信号在时域和/或频域上拼接/组合/叠加而成。In a mobile communication network, a base station (including one or more transmission and reception points on the base station) Reception Point (TRP), user equipment (User Equipment, UE) (including one or more sub-arrays/panels (Panel) on the UE), can be used as sensing nodes participating in sensing/synaesthesia integrated services. Typical UEs include mobile phone terminals, portable tablet computers, etc. By sending and receiving first signals between nodes, a certain area or a certain physical target can be sensed. The first signal may be a signal that does not contain transmission information, such as existing LTE/NR synchronization and reference signals, including synchronization signals and physical broadcast channel (Synchronization Signal and PBCH block, SSB) signals, channel state information reference signals ( Channel State Information-Reference Signal (CSI-RS), Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS), Channel Sounding Reference Signal (SRS), Positioning Reference Signal (PRS), Phase Tracking Reference signal (Phase Tracking Reference Signal, PTRS), etc.; it can also be single-frequency continuous wave (CW), frequency modulated continuous wave (Frequency Modulated CW, FMCW) commonly used in radar, and ultra-wideband Gaussian pulse, etc.; it can also be new The designed dedicated signal has good correlation characteristics and low peak-to-average power ratio, or the newly designed synaesthesia integrated signal not only carries certain information but also has good perceptual performance. For example, the new signal is spliced/combined/superimposed on at least one dedicated sensing signal/reference signal and at least one communication signal in the time domain and/or frequency domain.
根据感知节点是否为同一个设备,可以分成两种感知方式:A发B收,以及,A自发自收。“A发B收”表示感知信号发送和接收由两个设备执行,即感知节点A和感知节点B不是同一设备,且物理位置分离;“A自发自收”表示感知信号发送和接收由同一设备执行,感知节点A通过接收自己发送的信号回波进行感知。Depending on whether the sensing nodes are the same device, it can be divided into two sensing methods: A sending and B receiving, and A spontaneously receiving. "A sends and B receives" means that the sensing signal is sent and received by two devices, that is, sensing node A and sensing node B are not the same device and are physically separated; "A spontaneously receives" means that the sensing signal is sent and received by the same device. Execution, sensing node A senses by receiving the signal echo sent by itself.
在有反向散射设备(即电子标签(tag))参与的无线感知中,反向散射设备可能是与感知目标耦合的,即反向散射设备可能是安装在感知目标上的;也有可能反向散射设备与感知目标解耦,即反向散射设备部署在感知目标周围的环境中。在感知过程中,感知节点接收参与感知的反向散射设备反射/散射的至少部分第一信号,并获得感知测量量的测量值/感知结果。参与感知的反向散射设备个数可以大于或者等于1。In wireless sensing involving backscattering equipment (i.e., electronic tags), the backscattering equipment may be coupled to the sensing target, that is, the backscattering device may be installed on the sensing target; it may also be reversed The scattering device is decoupled from the sensing target, that is, the backscattering device is deployed in the environment around the sensing target. During the sensing process, the sensing node receives at least part of the first signal reflected/scattered by the backscattering device participating in sensing, and obtains a measurement value/sensing result of the sensing measurement quantity. The number of backscattering devices participating in sensing can be greater than or equal to 1.
本申请实施例中,发送和/或接收感知信号(即第一信号)的节点称为感知节点,感知节点可以是基站或UE。确定切换后的感知节点和/或感知反向散射设备的设备,可以感知节点(如基站或UE),还可以是核心网设备(例如感知功能网元(Sensing Function,SF)、接入和移动管理功能(Access and Mobility Management Function,AMF)、核心网中的感知应用服务器等)。In this embodiment of the present application, a node that sends and/or receives a sensing signal (ie, the first signal) is called a sensing node, and the sensing node may be a base station or a UE. The device that determines the sensing node and/or sensing backscattering device after handover can be a sensing node (such as a base station or UE), or a core network device (such as a sensing function network element (Sensing Function, SF), access and mobile Management function (Access and Mobility Management Function, AMF), aware application server in the core network, etc.).
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,将切换前的感知节点称为源节点,切换后的节点称为目标节点,可能被选为目标节点的节点称为候选节点。同时将切换前的感知反向散射设备称为源反向散射设备,切换后的感知反向散射设备称为目标反向散射设备,可能被选为目标反向散射设备的反向散射设备称为候选反向散射设备。It should be noted that in the embodiment of this application, the sensing node before switching is called the source node, the node after switching is called the target node, and the node that may be selected as the target node is called the candidate node. At the same time, the sensing backscattering device before switching is called the source backscattering device, the sensing backscattering device after switching is called the target backscattering device, and the backscattering device that may be selected as the target backscattering device is called Candidate backscattering devices.
如图2所示,本申请实施例提供一种切换处理方法,包括:As shown in Figure 2, this embodiment of the present application provides a handover processing method, which includes:
步骤201,所述第一设备向至少一个第二候选节点和/或至少一个第二候选反向散射设备发送切换请求信息,所述切换请求信息用于请求所述第二候选节点作为第一感知切换后 的感知节点,和/或,用于请求所述第二候选反向散射设备作为第一感知切换后的感知反向散射设备;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;Step 201: The first device sends switching request information to at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, where the switching request information is used to request the second candidate node to serve as the first sensing device. After switching The sensing node, and/or, is used to request the second candidate backscattering device as the sensing backscattering device after the first sensing switch; the first sensing is the sensing in which the backscattering device participates;
可选地,第一设备可以为源节点,也可以为核心网设备,在此不做具体限定。Optionally, the first device may be a source node or a core network device, which is not specifically limited here.
步骤202,所述第一设备接收至少一个第二候选节点和/或至少一个第二候选反向散射设备发送的切换应答信息,所述切换应答信息用于指示对应的第二候选节点和/或第二候选反向散射设备同意作为切换后的感知节点和/或感知反向散射设备;Step 202: The first device receives switching response information sent by at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, where the switching response information is used to indicate the corresponding second candidate node and/or The second candidate backscatter device agrees to serve as a post-switch sensing node and/or sensing backscatter device;
步骤203,所述第一设备根据所述切换应答信息,从同意切换的候选节点和/或候选反向散射设备中确定至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备;Step 203: The first device determines at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device from the candidate nodes and/or candidate backscattering devices that agree to the handover based on the handover response information;
步骤204,所述第一设备向至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备发送切换命令,所述切换命令用于通知目标节点执行所述第一感知,和/或通知目标反向散射设备参与所述第一感知。Step 204: The first device sends a switching command to at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device. The switching command is used to notify the target node to perform the first sensing, and/or to notify the target backscattering device. Scattering devices participate in said first perception.
可选地,未接收到切换命令的第一候选节点停止执行第一感知,和/或,未接收到切换命令的第一候选反向散射设备停止参与第一感知。Optionally, the first candidate node that has not received the switching command stops performing the first sensing, and/or the first candidate backscattering device that has not received the switching command stops participating in the first sensing.
可选地,切换请求信息中可以包括软切换请求,或硬切换请求。其中,硬切换包括:目标节点和/或目标反向散射设备进行第一感知;且源感知节点和/或源反向散射设备结束第一感知并释放感知资源;软切换包括:目标节点和/或目标反向散射设备进行第一感知,在获得感知测量量的测量值次数达到预设次数或者进行第一感知达到预设时间后,源感知节点和/或源反向散射设备结束第一感知并释放感知资源。Optionally, the handover request information may include a soft handover request or a hard handover request. Wherein, the hard handover includes: the target node and/or the target backscattering device performs the first sensing; and the source sensing node and/or the source backscattering device ends the first sensing and releases the sensing resources; the soft handover includes: the target node and/or the source backscattering device Or the target backscattering device performs the first sensing. After the number of measurements of the sensing measurement quantity is obtained for the preset number of times or the first sensing is performed for the preset time, the source sensing node and/or the source backscattering device ends the first sensing. and release sensing resources.
第二候选节点的确定基于以下信息中的至少一项:The determination of the second candidate node is based on at least one of the following information:
1)第二候选节点的位置信息;1) Position information of the second candidate node;
2)第二候选节点天线面板朝向信息;2) Second candidate node antenna panel orientation information;
3)第二候选节点的状态信息(包括移动速度、移动方向、保持静止/运动的时间段等信息);3) The status information of the second candidate node (including moving speed, moving direction, time period of remaining stationary/moving, etc.);
4)第二候选节点的感知能力信息(包括感知覆盖范围、可用于感知的最大带宽、感知业务最大可持续时间、所能支持的感知信号类型及帧格式、UE天线阵列信息(阵列类型、天线数、阵列孔径、天线极化特性、阵元增益和方向性特性等));4) Sensing capability information of the second candidate node (including sensing coverage, maximum bandwidth available for sensing, maximum duration of sensing services, supported sensing signal types and frame formats, UE antenna array information (array type, antenna number, array aperture, antenna polarization characteristics, array element gain and directivity characteristics, etc.));
5)第二候选节点当前可用于进行感知的资源信息(包括时间资源(符号数、时隙数、帧数等)、频率资源(Resource Block((RB)数、Resource Element(RE)数、总带宽、可用频段位置等)、天线资源(天线/天线子阵列数)、相位调制资源(硬件移相器数)、正交码资源(正交码长度和数量)等);5) The resource information currently available for sensing by the second candidate node (including time resources (number of symbols, number of time slots, number of frames, etc.), frequency resources (number of Resource Block (RB), number of Resource Element (RE), total Bandwidth, available frequency band location, etc.), antenna resources (number of antennas/antenna sub-arrays), phase modulation resources (number of hardware phase shifters), orthogonal code resources (length and number of orthogonal codes, etc.);
6)第二候选节点的信道状态信息(包括至少一个通信链路的信道传输函数/信道冲激响应、信道质量指示(Channel Quality Indicator,CQI)、预编码矩阵指示(Precoding Matrix Indicator,PMI)、CSI-RS资源指示、SSB资源指示、层指示(Layer Indicator,LI)、秩指示(Rank Indicator,RI)以及层1参考信号接收功率(Layer 1reference signal received power,L1-RSRP)等至少一项)。 6) Channel state information of the second candidate node (including channel transfer function/channel impulse response of at least one communication link, channel quality indicator (Channel Quality Indicator, CQI), precoding matrix indicator (Precoding Matrix Indicator, PMI), At least one of CSI-RS resource indication, SSB resource indication, layer indicator (Layer Indicator, LI), rank indicator (Rank Indicator, RI), and layer 1 reference signal received power (Layer 1 reference signal received power, L1-RSRP)) .
在本申请的至少一个实施例中,步骤203包括:In at least one embodiment of the present application, step 203 includes:
第一设备根据所述切换应答信息,向至少一个第一候选节点和/或至少一个第一候选反向散射设备发送参数配置信息;所述参数配置信息用于配置所述第一候选节点执行第一感知的感知参数和/或用于配置所述第一候选反向散射设备参与第一感知的感知参数;The first device sends parameter configuration information to at least one first candidate node and/or at least one first candidate backscattering device according to the handover response information; the parameter configuration information is used to configure the first candidate node to execute the first a sensing parameter for sensing and/or sensing parameters for configuring the first candidate backscattering device to participate in the first sensing;
所述第一设备获取所述至少一个第一候选节点和/或至少一个第一候选反向散射设备基于所述参数配置信息参与的第一感知的感知测量量的测量值;The first device obtains a measurement value of a first sensing sensing measurement quantity in which the at least one first candidate node and/or the at least one first candidate backscattering device participates based on the parameter configuration information;
所述第一设备根据所述测量值,从所述至少一个第一候选节点和/或至少一个第一候选反向散射设备中确定至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备;The first device determines at least one target node and/or at least one target backscatter device from the at least one first candidate node and/or at least one first candidate backscatter device based on the measurement value;
其中,所述第一候选节点包括:第二候选节点中同意切换的候选节点;和/或,所述第一候选反向散射设备包括:第二候选反向散射设备中同意切换的候选反向散射设备。Wherein, the first candidate node includes: a candidate node among the second candidate nodes that agrees to switch; and/or the first candidate backscatter device includes: a candidate backscatter device among the second candidate backscatter devices that agrees to switch. Scattering equipment.
可选地,基于至少一项感知测量量的至少一个测量值,进一步计算可以得到感知结果;或者,至少一项感知测量量的至少一个测量值也可以称为感知结果,在此不做具体限定;Optionally, based on at least one measurement value of at least one perceptual measurement quantity, further calculation can obtain a perceptual result; or, at least one measurement value of at least one perceptual measurement quantity can also be called a perceptual result, which is not specifically limited here. ;
一种实现方式中,第一设备获取到的是感知测量量的实际测量值;另一种实现方式中,第一设备获取的是感知测量量的实际测量值是否满足预设门限的判决结果。In one implementation manner, the first device obtains the actual measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity; in another implementation manner, the first device obtains the judgment result of whether the actual measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity meets the preset threshold.
可选地,本申请实施例中一次切换流程中,若仅切换感知节点,则第一设备仅需选择至少一个目标节点;或者,若仅切换感知反向散射设备,则第一设备仅需选择至少一个目标反向散射设备;或者,若既切换感知节点又切换感知反向散射设备,则第一设备需选择至少一个目标节点和至少一个目标反向散射设备。Optionally, in a switching process in the embodiment of the present application, if only the sensing node is switched, the first device only needs to select at least one target node; or, if only the sensing backscattering device is switched, the first device only needs to select At least one target backscattering device; or, if both sensing nodes and sensing backscattering devices are switched, the first device needs to select at least one target node and at least one target backscattering device.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例提及的感知测量量可以分为以下4类:It should be noted that the perceptual measurement quantities mentioned in the embodiments of this application can be divided into the following four categories:
a)第一级测量量(接收信号/原始信道信息),包括:接收信号/信道响应复数结果,幅度/相位,I路/Q路及其运算结果(运算包括加减乘除、矩阵加减乘、矩阵转置、三角关系运算、平方根运算和幂次运算等,以及上述运算结果的门限检测结果、最大/最小值提取结果等;运算还包括快速傅里叶变换(Fast Fourier Transform,FFT)/快速傅里叶逆变换(Inverse Fast Fourier Transform,IFFT)、离散傅里叶变换(Discrete Fourier Transform,DFT)/离散傅里叶逆变换(Inverse Discrete Fourier Transform,IDFT)、二维快速傅立叶变换(Two-Dimensional Fast Fourier Transform,2D-FFT)、三维快速傅里叶变换(Three-Dimensional Fast Fourier Transform,3D-FFT)、匹配滤波、自相关运算、小波变换和数字滤波等,以及上述运算结果的门限检测结果、最大/最小值提取结果等);a) The first-level measurement quantity (received signal/original channel information), including: received signal/channel response complex results, amplitude/phase, I channel/Q channel and its operation results (operations include addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, matrix addition, subtraction and multiplication , matrix transposition, trigonometric relationship operations, square root operations, power operations, etc., as well as threshold detection results, maximum/minimum value extraction results of the above operation results, etc.; operations also include Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)/ Inverse Fast Fourier Transform (IFFT), Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT)/Inverse Discrete Fourier Transform (IDFT), Two-dimensional Fast Fourier Transform (Two -Dimensional Fast Fourier Transform (2D-FFT), Three-Dimensional Fast Fourier Transform (3D-FFT), matched filtering, autocorrelation operation, wavelet transform and digital filtering, etc., as well as the threshold of the above operation results Detection results, maximum/minimum value extraction results, etc.);
b)第二级测量量(基本测量量),包括:时延、多普勒、角度、强度,及其多维组合表示;b) Second-level measurement quantities (basic measurement quantities), including: delay, Doppler, angle, intensity, and their multi-dimensional combination representation;
c)第三级测量量(基本属性/状态),包括:距离、速度、朝向、空间位置、加速度;c) Third-level measurement quantities (basic attributes/status), including: distance, speed, orientation, spatial position, and acceleration;
d)第四级测量量(进阶属性/状态),包括:目标是否存在、轨迹、动作、表情、生命体征、数量、成像结果、天气、空气质量、形状、材质、成分。d) The fourth level measurement quantity (advanced attributes/status), including: target existence, trajectory, movement, expression, vital signs, quantity, imaging results, weather, air quality, shape, material, composition.
可选的,上述感知测量量还包括对应的标签信息:Optionally, the above-mentioned perceptual measurement quantity also includes corresponding label information:
感知信号标识信息; Perception signal identification information;
感知测量配置标识信息;Perceptual measurement configuration identification information;
感知业务信息(如感知业务ID);Sensing business information (such as sensing business ID);
数据订阅ID;Data subscription ID;
测量量用途(通信、感知、通感);Measurement purposes (communication, perception, synaesthesia);
时间信息;time information;
感知节点信息(如UE ID、节点位置、设备朝向);Sensing node information (such as UE ID, node location, device orientation);
感知链路信息(如感知链路序号、收发节点标识);Sensing link information (such as sensing link sequence number, sending and receiving node identification);
测量量说明信息(形式,例如幅度值、相位值、幅度和相位结合的复数值;资源类型,例如时域测量结果、频域资源测量结果);Measurement quantity description information (form, such as amplitude value, phase value, complex value combining amplitude and phase; resource type, such as time domain measurement results, frequency domain resource measurement results);
测量量指标信息(如信噪比(Signal-to-Noise Ratio,SNR)、感知SNR)。Measurement quantity indicator information (such as Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR), perceived SNR).
进一步需要说明的是,本申请实施例提及的参数配置信息为感知相关的参数配置信息,其中,感知相关的参数配置信息包括以下至少一项(为了表述的简便,下述描述中将反向散射设备简称为Tag):It should be further noted that the parameter configuration information mentioned in the embodiments of the present application is perception-related parameter configuration information, where the perception-related parameter configuration information includes at least one of the following (for simplicity of expression, the following description will be reversed: Scattering equipment is referred to as Tag):
波形类型,例如正交频分复用(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing,OFDM),SC-FDMA,正交时频空调制(Orthogonal Time Frequency Space,OTFS),调频连续波FMCW,脉冲信号等;Waveform types, such as Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM), SC-FDMA, Orthogonal Time Frequency Space (OTFS), FMCW, pulse signals, etc.;
子载波间隔:例如,OFDM系统的子载波间隔30KHz;Subcarrier spacing: For example, the subcarrier spacing of OFDM system is 30KHz;
保护间隔:从信号结束发送时刻到该信号的最迟回波信号被接收的时刻之间的时间间隔;该参数正比于最大感知距离;例如,可以通过2dmax/c计算得到,dmax是最大感知距离(属于感知需求),例如对于自发自收的感知信号,dmax代表感知信号收发点到信号发射点的最大距离;在某些情况下,OFDM信号循环前缀(Cyclic Prefix,CP)可以起到最小保护间隔的作用;Guard interval: the time interval from the time when the signal ends sending to the time when the latest echo signal of the signal is received; this parameter is proportional to the maximum sensing distance; for example, it can be calculated by 2d max /c, d max is the maximum Sensing distance (belonging to sensing requirements), for example, for spontaneous self-received sensing signals, d max represents the maximum distance from the sensing signal transceiving point to the signal transmitting point; in some cases, OFDM signal cyclic prefix (CP) can play a role to the role of the minimum guard interval;
带宽:该参数反比于距离分辨率,可以通过c/(2Δd)得到,其中Δd是距离分辨率(属于感知需求);c是光速;Bandwidth: This parameter is inversely proportional to the distance resolution and can be obtained by c/(2Δd), where Δd is the distance resolution (belonging to the perception requirements); c is the speed of light;
突发脉冲(Burst)持续时间:该参数反比于速率分辨率(属于感知需求),该参数是感知信号的时间跨度,主要为了计算多普勒频偏;该参数可通过c/(2fcΔv)计算得到;其中,Δv是速度分辨率;fc是感知信号的载频;Burst duration: This parameter is inversely proportional to the rate resolution (belongs to sensing requirements). This parameter is the time span of the sensing signal, mainly for calculating the Doppler frequency offset; this parameter can be calculated by c/(2f c Δv ) is calculated; where Δv is the velocity resolution; f c is the carrier frequency of the sensing signal;
时域间隔:该参数可通过c/(2fcvrange)计算得到;其中,vrange是最大速率减去最小速度(属于感知需求);该参数是相邻的两个感知信号之间的时间间隔;Time domain interval: This parameter can be calculated by c/(2f c v range ); where v range is the maximum rate minus the minimum speed (belonging to the sensing requirements); this parameter is the time between two adjacent sensing signals interval;
发送信号功率,例如从-20dBm到23dBm每隔2dBm取一个值;Transmit signal power, for example, take a value every 2dBm from -20dBm to 23dBm;
信号格式,例如是SRS,DMRS,PRS等,或者其他预定义的信号,以及相关的序列格式等信息;Signal format, such as SRS, DMRS, PRS, etc., or other predefined signals, as well as related sequence format and other information;
信号方向;例如感知信号的方向或者波束信息;Signal direction; such as sensing signal direction or beam information;
时间资源,例如感知信号所在的时隙索引或者时隙的符号索引;其中,时间资源分为两种,一种是一次性的时间资源,例如一个符号发送一个全向的感知信号;一种是非一次 性的时间资源,例如多组周期性的时间资源或者不连续的时间资源(可包含开始时间和结束时间),每一组周期性的时间资源发送同一方向的感知信号,不同组的周期性时间资源上的波束方向不同;Time resources, such as the time slot index where the sensing signal is located or the symbol index of the time slot; among them, time resources are divided into two types, one is a one-time time resource, such as one symbol transmits an omnidirectional sensing signal; the other is a non- once Periodic time resources, such as multiple groups of periodic time resources or discontinuous time resources (can include start time and end time). Each group of periodic time resources sends sensing signals in the same direction, and different groups of periodic time resources The beam directions on the resources are different;
频率资源,包括感知信号的中心频点,带宽,RB或者子载波,A节点(Point A),起始带宽位置等;Frequency resources include the center frequency point of the sensing signal, bandwidth, RB or subcarrier, A node (Point A), starting bandwidth position, etc.;
准共址(Quasi-Co location,QCL)关系,例如感知信号包括多个资源,每个资源与一个SSB QCL,QCL包括Type A,B,C或者D;Quasi-Co location (QCL) relationship, for example, the sensing signal includes multiple resources, each resource is associated with an SSB QCL, and the QCL includes Type A, B, C or D;
感知节点(基站或UE的)天线配置信息,包括以下至少一项:Antenna configuration information of the sensing node (base station or UE), including at least one of the following:
用于发送和/或接收感知信号的天线阵元ID或者天线端口ID;Antenna element ID or antenna port ID used to send and/or receive sensing signals;
用于发送和/或接收感知信号的panel ID+阵元ID;Panel ID + array element ID used to send and/or receive sensing signals;
用于发送和/或接收感知信号的天线阵元相对天线阵列上某个局部参考点的位置信息(可以用笛卡尔坐标(x,y,z)或者球坐标表示);The position information of the antenna element used to send and/or receive sensing signals relative to a local reference point on the antenna array (can use Cartesian coordinates (x, y, z) or spherical coordinates express);
用于发送和/或接收感知信号的panel相对天线阵列上某个局部参考点的位置信息(可以用笛卡尔坐标(x,y,z)或者球坐标表示),以及这些被选择panel内的用于发送感知信号的天线阵元相对panel某个统一参考点(例如panel中心点)的位置信息(可以用笛卡尔坐标(x,y,z)或者球坐标表示);The position information of the panel used to send and/or receive sensing signals relative to a local reference point on the antenna array (can use Cartesian coordinates (x, y, z) or spherical coordinates Represented), and the position information of these antenna elements used to send sensing signals in the selected panel relative to a unified reference point in the panel (such as the center point of the panel) (can use Cartesian coordinates (x, y, z) or spherical coordinate express);
天线阵元的位图(bitmap)信息。例如:该bitmap使用“1”指示阵元被选择用于发送和/或接收感知信号,使用“0”表示阵元未被选择(也可反过来);The bitmap information of the antenna array element. For example: the bitmap uses "1" to indicate that the array element is selected for sending and/or receiving sensing signals, and uses "0" to indicate that the array element is not selected (and vice versa);
阵列panel的bitmap信息。例如:该bitmap使用“1”指示panel被选择用于发送和/或接收感知信号,使用“0”表示阵元未被选择(也可以反过来)。以及这些被选择panel内的阵元bitmap信息;The bitmap information of the array panel. For example: the bitmap uses "1" to indicate that the panel is selected for sending and/or receiving sensing signals, and uses "0" to indicate that the array element is not selected (the reverse can also be true). And the bitmap information of these array elements in the selected panel;
门限信息,即用于给源节点、核心网设备、候选节点任意至少一者判决所获得的感知测量量测量值是否满足第一条件的门限值。对于不同候选节点和/或候选tag,门限值可以不同;对于任意一个候选节点和/或候选tag,感知测量量及其对应门限值可以大于1个;所述第一条件为:获得感知测量量测量值的对应候选节点/候选tag可以作为目标节点/目标tag;Threshold information is a threshold value used for at least one of the source node, the core network device, and the candidate node to determine whether the obtained sensing measurement value meets the first condition. For different candidate nodes and/or candidate tags, the threshold values may be different; for any candidate node and/or candidate tag, the sensing measurement quantity and its corresponding threshold value may be greater than 1; the first condition is: obtaining sensing The corresponding candidate node/candidate tag of the measurement value can be used as the target node/target tag;
参与感知的反向散射tag ID以及其关联的与感知信号配置相关的信息,这里的tag ID不局限于RFID的演进型分组核心网(Evolved Packet Core,EPC),也可以是一种新设备的ID;The backscatter tag ID involved in sensing and its associated information related to the sensing signal configuration. The tag ID here is not limited to the RFID Evolved Packet Core (EPC), but can also be a new device. ID;
Tag工作带宽、工作频率、信道(channel)数以及各channel对应的子载波频率;Tag working bandwidth, working frequency, number of channels, and subcarrier frequencies corresponding to each channel;
感知信号初始相位,包括各个channel上的信号初始相位(对于基于相位调制的tag适用);The initial phase of the sensed signal, including the initial phase of the signal on each channel (applicable to tags based on phase modulation);
Tag天线配置信息,包括以下至少一项:用于接收和发送感知信号的tag天线阵元ID或者tag天线端口ID、用于接收和发送感知信号的tag panel ID+阵元ID、用于接收和发送感知信号的tag天线阵元相对天线阵列上某个局部参考点的位置信息(可以用笛卡尔 坐标(x,y,z)或者球坐标表示)、用于接收和发送感知信号的tag panel相对天线阵列上某个局部参考点的位置信息(可以用笛卡尔坐标(x,y,z)或者球坐标表示),以及这些被选择panel内的用于发送感知信号的天线阵元相对panel某个统一参考点(例如panel中心点)的位置信息(可以用笛卡尔坐标(x,y,z)或者球坐标表示)、tag天线阵元的bitmap信息(例如:该bitmap使用“1”指示阵元被选择用于接收和发送感知信号,使用“0”表示阵元未被选择(也可反过来))、tag阵列panel的bitmap信息(例如:该bitmap使用“1”指示panel被选择用于接收和发送感知信号,使用“0”表示阵元未被选择(也可以反过来))以及这些被选择panel内的阵元bitmap信息;Tag antenna configuration information, including at least one of the following: tag antenna element ID or tag antenna port ID used to receive and send sensing signals, tag panel ID+array element ID used to receive and send sensing signals, tag antenna element ID used to receive and send sensing signals, The position information of the tag antenna element that senses the signal relative to a local reference point on the antenna array (can be calculated using Descartes Coordinates (x, y, z) or spherical coordinates represents), the position information of the tag panel used to receive and transmit sensing signals relative to a local reference point on the antenna array (can use Cartesian coordinates (x, y, z) or spherical coordinates Represented), and the position information of these antenna elements used to send sensing signals in the selected panel relative to a unified reference point in the panel (such as the center point of the panel) (can use Cartesian coordinates (x, y, z) or spherical coordinate indicates), the bitmap information of the tag antenna element (for example: the bitmap uses "1" to indicate that the array element is selected for receiving and transmitting sensing signals, and uses "0" to indicate that the array element is not selected (or vice versa)), The bitmap information of the tag array panel (for example: the bitmap uses "1" to indicate that the panel is selected for receiving and transmitting sensing signals, and uses "0" to indicate that the array element is not selected (it can also be reversed)) and the contents of these selected panels The array element bitmap information;
Tag天线阵列局部参考点相对于至少一个感知节点(基站或者UE)的位置信息(可以用笛卡尔坐标(x,y,z)或者球坐标表示);The position information of the local reference point of the Tag antenna array relative to at least one sensing node (base station or UE) (can use Cartesian coordinates (x, y, z) or spherical coordinates express);
Tag适用的调制方式指示信息,指示tag采用的调制方式包括:幅度调制方式、相位调制方式、频率调制,以及上述任意至少2种方式的联合调制方式,例如幅度-相位调制等;The modulation mode indication information applicable to the tag indicates that the modulation mode adopted by the tag includes: amplitude modulation mode, phase modulation mode, frequency modulation, and any combined modulation mode of at least two of the above modes, such as amplitude-phase modulation, etc.;
Tag调幅配置信息,即用于tag调节反射信号的幅度配置信息,包括连续调幅的幅度范围,或离散调幅对应的离散状态;Tag amplitude modulation configuration information, that is, the amplitude configuration information used to adjust the reflected signal by the tag, including the amplitude range of continuous amplitude modulation, or the discrete state corresponding to discrete amplitude modulation;
Tag调相配置信息,即用于tag调节反射信号的相位配置信息,包括连续调相的相位范围,或离散调相对应的离散状态Tag phase modulation configuration information, that is, the phase configuration information used to adjust the reflected signal by the tag, including the phase range of continuous phase modulation, or the discrete state corresponding to discrete phase modulation
Tag调频配置信息,即用于tag调节反射信号的频率配置信息,包括连续调频的频率范围,或离散调频对应的离散状态;Tag frequency modulation configuration information, that is, frequency configuration information used for tag adjustment of reflected signals, including the frequency range of continuous frequency modulation, or the discrete state corresponding to discrete frequency modulation;
感知信号中涉及到tag通信部分的信号调制方式,包括双边带幅移键控(Double Side Band Amplitude-shift keying,DSB-ASK)、单边带幅移键控(Single Side Band Amplitude-shift keying,SSB-ASK)、反相幅移键控(Phase-reversal ASK,PR-ASK)、频移键控(Frequency-shift keying,FSK)、二进制相移键控(Binary Phase Shift Keying,BPSK)、正交相移键控(Quadrature Phase Shift Keying,QPSK)、正交振幅调制(Quadrature Amplitude Modulation,QAM)方式等等The signal modulation method involved in the tag communication part of the sensing signal includes Double Side Band Amplitude-shift keying (DSB-ASK) and Single Side Band Amplitude-shift keying. SSB-ASK), Phase-reversal ASK (PR-ASK), Frequency-shift keying (FSK), Binary Phase Shift Keying (BPSK), Positive Quadrature Phase Shift Keying (QPSK), Quadrature Amplitude Modulation (QAM), etc.
感知信号中涉及到tag通信部分的数据编码方式以及帧格式。例如需要确定的编码方式可能为二进制编码、曼彻斯特(Manchester)码、双相间空号编码(Bi-Phase Space Coding,FM0)、延迟调制码(The Miller code)、不归零码(Non-return-to-zero Code,NRZ)、双极性不归零码(Bipolar Nonreturn-to-zero Coding,BNRZ)、非归零反相编码(No Return Zero-Inverted,NRZ-I)、脉冲宽度编码等目前采用以及未来可能采用的反向散射通信数字编码;需要确定的帧格式包括引导头前导码(preamble)或帧同步(Frame Synchronization,frame-sync)的确定等;The sensing signal involves the data encoding method and frame format of the tag communication part. For example, the coding method that needs to be determined may be binary coding, Manchester code, Bi-Phase Space Coding (FM0), delayed modulation code (The Miller code), non-return-to-zero code (Non-return- to-zero Code, NRZ), Bipolar Nonreturn-to-zero Coding (BNRZ), Non-return Zero-Inverted, NRZ-I), pulse width coding, etc. are currently Adopt and may adopt digital coding for backscatter communication in the future; the frame format that needs to be determined includes the determination of the leader preamble or frame synchronization (Frame Synchronization, frame-sync), etc.;
Tag加密算法类型,如是16位循环冗余校验(Cyclic Redundancy Check 16,CRC16)还是24位循环冗余校验(Cyclic Redundancy Check 24,CRC24)等;Tag encryption algorithm type, such as 16-bit cyclic redundancy check (Cyclic Redundancy Check 16, CRC16) or 24-bit cyclic redundancy check (Cyclic Redundancy Check 24, CRC24), etc.;
Tag信道编码前向纠错(Forward Error Correction,FEC)的种类和对应的编码码率。 The type of Tag channel coding forward error correction (FEC) and the corresponding coding rate.
在本申请的一个可选实施例中,所述第一感知包括:第一感知节点发送第一信号,且第二感知节点接收经过反向散射设备反射或散射的至少部分第一信号;In an optional embodiment of the present application, the first sensing includes: a first sensing node sends a first signal, and a second sensing node receives at least part of the first signal reflected or scattered by the backscattering device;
其中,所述至少一个第一候选节点包括:第一感知节点的至少一个第一候选节点,和/或,第二感知节点的至少一个第一候选节点。Wherein, the at least one first candidate node includes: at least one first candidate node of the first sensing node, and/or at least one first candidate node of the second sensing node.
换言之,该第一感知为第一感知节点发送第一信号且第二感知节点接收第一信号,至少部分接收信号是经过反向散射设备反射/散射的第一信号。该场景下第一感知的切换包括:仅感知节点切换、仅感知反向散射设备切换、以及,感知节点和感知反向散射设备均切换;In other words, the first sensing is that the first sensing node sends a first signal and the second sensing node receives the first signal, and at least part of the received signal is the first signal reflected/scattered by the backscattering device. The first sensing switching in this scenario includes: only sensing node switching, only sensing backscattering device switching, and switching of both sensing nodes and sensing backscattering devices;
其中,感知节点的切换包括:仅第一感知节点切换、仅第二感知节点切换、以及,第一感知节点和第二感知节点的切换。The switching of sensing nodes includes: switching of only the first sensing node, switching of only the second sensing node, and switching of the first sensing node and the second sensing node.
在本申请的另一个可选实施例中,所述第一感知包括:第三感知节点发送第一信号,且第三感知节点接收经过反向散射设备反射或散射的至少部分第一信号;In another optional embodiment of the present application, the first sensing includes: a third sensing node sends a first signal, and the third sensing node receives at least part of the first signal reflected or scattered by the backscattering device;
其中,所述至少一个第一候选节点包括:第三感知节点的至少一个第一候选节点。Wherein, the at least one first candidate node includes: at least one first candidate node of the third sensing node.
换言之,该第一感知为第三感知节点发送第一信号且第三感知节点接收第一信号,即第三感知节点自发自收第一信号,至少部分接收信号是经过反向散射设备反射/散射的第一信号。该场景下第一感知的切换包括:仅感知节点切换、仅感知反向散射设备切换、以及,感知节点和感知反向散射设备均切换;In other words, the first sensing is that the third sensing node sends the first signal and the third sensing node receives the first signal, that is, the third sensing node spontaneously receives the first signal, and at least part of the received signal is reflected/scattered by the backscattering device. the first signal. The first sensing switching in this scenario includes: only sensing node switching, only sensing backscattering device switching, and switching of both sensing nodes and sensing backscattering devices;
其中,感知节点的切换包括:第三感知节点切换。Among them, the switching of the sensing node includes: switching of the third sensing node.
作为另一个可选实施例,所述方法还包括:As another optional embodiment, the method further includes:
所述第一设备接收至少一个第二候选节点和/或至少一个第二候选反向散射设备发送的拒绝信息,所述拒绝信息用于指示对应的第二候选节点和/或第二候选反向散射设备不同意作为切换后的感知节点和/或感知反向散射设备;The first device receives rejection information sent by at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, where the rejection information is used to indicate the corresponding second candidate node and/or the second candidate backscattering device. The scattering device does not agree to act as a switched sensing node and/or sensing backscattering device;
其中,发送所述拒绝信息的第二候选节点和/或第二候选反向散射设备不参与第一感知的感知测量。Wherein, the second candidate node and/or the second candidate backscattering device that sends the rejection information does not participate in the sensing measurement of the first sensing.
另一种实现方式中,第二候选节点和/或第二候选反向散射设备不同意作为切换后的感知节点和/或感知反向散射设备的情况下,不发送任何信息给第一设备,第一设备在发送切换请求信息后的预设时间段内未接收到第二候选节点和/或第二候选反向散射设备反馈的信息,则默认第二候选节点和/或第二候选反向散射设备拒绝作为切换后的感知节点和/或感知反向散射设备。In another implementation, if the second candidate node and/or the second candidate backscattering device does not agree to serve as the sensing node and/or the sensing backscattering device after switching, no information is sent to the first device, If the first device does not receive information fed back by the second candidate node and/or the second candidate backscattering device within a preset time period after sending the switching request information, the second candidate node and/or the second candidate backscattering device will default to Scatter devices are rejected as sense nodes and/or sense backscatter devices after switching.
作为一个可选实施例,若所有第二候选节点和/或所有第二候选反向设备均不同意切换,后续处理可以是以下其中一项:As an optional embodiment, if all second candidate nodes and/or all second candidate reverse devices do not agree to switch, the subsequent processing may be one of the following:
i.第一设备重新确定第二候选节点和/或第二候选反向散射设备i. The first device re-determines the second candidate node and/or the second candidate backscattering device
ii.维持当前的第一感知;ii. Maintain the current first perception;
iii.结束当前的第一感知。iii. End the current first perception.
在本申请的至少一个实施例中,步骤203包括: In at least one embodiment of the present application, step 203 includes:
所述第一设备从所述至少一个第一候选节点和/或至少一个第一候选反向散射设备中,确定所述测量值满足预设门限条件的第一候选节点和/或第一候选反向散射设备为所述目标节点和/或目标反向散射设备。The first device determines, from the at least one first candidate node and/or at least one first candidate backscattering device, the first candidate node and/or the first candidate backscattering device whose measurement value satisfies a preset threshold condition. The forward scattering device is the target node and/or the target backscattering device.
一种实现方式中,第一设备判断感知测量量的实际测量值是否满足预设门限条件,从第一候选节点和/或第一候选反向散射设备中选择目标节点和/或目标反向散射设备;In one implementation, the first device determines whether the actual measured value of the perceptual measurement quantity satisfies a preset threshold condition, and selects the target node and/or the target backscattering device from the first candidate node and/or the first candidate backscattering device. equipment;
另一种实现方式中,接收经反向散射设备反射或散射的第一信号的候选节点自行判断感知测量量的实际测量值是否满足预设门限条件,向第一设备反馈判决结果(即是否满足预设门限条件),第一设备根据判断结果从第一候选节点和/或第一候选反向散射设备中选择目标节点和/或目标反向散射设备。In another implementation, the candidate node that receives the first signal reflected or scattered by the backscattering device determines by itself whether the actual measured value of the perceptual measurement quantity meets the preset threshold condition, and feeds back the judgment result to the first device (that is, whether it satisfies the Preset threshold conditions), the first device selects the target node and/or the target backscatter device from the first candidate node and/or the first candidate backscatter device according to the judgment result.
作为一个可选实施例中,所述方法还包括:As an optional embodiment, the method further includes:
若所述至少一个第一候选节点和/或至少一个第一候选反向散射设备的感知测量量的测量值均不满足所述预设门限条件,所述第一设备执行第一操作;所述第一操作包括以下任意一项:If the measured values of the sensing measurement quantities of the at least one first candidate node and/or the at least one first candidate backscattering device do not meet the preset threshold condition, the first device performs a first operation; The first action includes any of the following:
重新确定至少一个第一候选节点和/或至少一个第一候选反向散射设备;re-determine at least one first candidate node and/or at least one first candidate backscatter device;
停止所述第一感知;stop said first perception;
继续执行所述第一感知,也可以理解为维持当前的第一感知。Continuing to perform the first perception can also be understood as maintaining the current first perception.
在本申请的至少一个可选实施例中,在需要进行感知反向散射设备的切换到情况下,所述第一设备向至少一个第二候选反向散射设备发送切换请求信息,包括:In at least one optional embodiment of the present application, when switching of sensing backscattering devices is required, the first device sends switching request information to at least one second candidate backscattering device, including:
所述第一设备通过所述第一感知的反向散射设备盘点过程向至少一个第二候选反向散射设备发送切换请求信息。The first device sends handover request information to at least one second candidate backscatter device through the first aware backscatter device inventory process.
例如,第一设备为发送第一信号的节点A时,节点A可以通过选择(Select)命令,选择第一信号覆盖范围内的至少部分反向散射设备进行盘点。节点A通过确认消息(Acknowledgement,ACK)的16位的随机数(16-bit Random Number,RN16)以及命令字段,向任意至少1个第二候选反向散射设备发送切换请求信息。For example, when the first device is node A that sends the first signal, node A can use a select command to select at least some backscattering devices within the coverage of the first signal for inventory. Node A sends handover request information to any at least one second candidate backscattering device through the 16-bit Random Number (RN16) and command field of the Acknowledgment message (ACK).
可选地,在向第二候选反向散射设备发送切换请求信息之前,所述方法还包括:Optionally, before sending the switching request information to the second candidate backscattering device, the method further includes:
所述第一设备根据第一信号覆盖范围内的反向散射设备的第一信息,确定至少一个第二候选反向散射设备;所述第一信息包括以下至少一项:The first device determines at least one second candidate backscattering device based on the first information of the backscattering device within the coverage of the first signal; the first information includes at least one of the following:
反向散射设备的位置信息;Location information of backscatter equipment;
反向散射设备天线面板朝向信息;Backscatter equipment antenna panel orientation information;
反向散射设备的移动状态信息,包括移动速度、移动方向、保持静止/运动的时间段等信息;Movement status information of backscattering equipment, including movement speed, movement direction, time period of remaining stationary/moving, etc.;
反向散射设备的感知能力信息,包括感知覆盖范围、可用于感知的最大带宽、感知业务最大可持续时间、所能支持的感知信号类型及帧格式、反向散射设备天线阵列信息(包括阵列类型、天线数、阵列孔径、天线极化特性、阵元增益和方向性特性等);Sensing capability information of backscattering equipment, including sensing coverage, maximum bandwidth available for sensing, maximum duration of sensing services, supported sensing signal types and frame formats, backscattering device antenna array information (including array type , number of antennas, array aperture, antenna polarization characteristics, array element gain and directivity characteristics, etc.);
反向散射设备当前可用于进行感知的资源信息,包括时间资源(符号数、时隙数、帧 数等)、频率资源(RB(Resource Block,资源块)数、RE(Resource Element,资源单元)数、总带宽、可用频段位置等)、天线资源(天线/天线子阵列数)、相位调制资源(硬件移相器数)、正交码资源(正交码长度和数量)等;The resource information that the backscattering device can currently use for sensing, including time resources (number of symbols, number of time slots, frames number, etc.), frequency resources (number of RBs (Resource Blocks, resource blocks), number of REs (Resource Elements, resource units), total bandwidth, available frequency band locations, etc.), antenna resources (number of antennas/antenna sub-arrays), phase modulation resources (Number of hardware phase shifters), orthogonal code resources (length and quantity of orthogonal codes), etc.;
反向散射设备的信道状态信息,包括至少一个通信链路的信道传输函数/信道冲激响应、信道质量指示(Channel Quality Indicator,CQI)、预编码矩阵指示(Precoding Matrix Indicator,PMI)、信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information Reference Signal,CSI-RS)资源指示、同步信号/物理广播信道信号块(Synchronization Signal and PBCH block,SSB)资源指示、层指示(LI)、秩指示(RI)以及L1参考信号接收功率(Layer 1 reference signal received power,L1-RSRP)等至少一项。Channel status information of backscatter equipment, including channel transfer function/channel impulse response of at least one communication link, channel quality indicator (Channel Quality Indicator, CQI), precoding matrix indicator (Precoding Matrix Indicator, PMI), channel status Information reference signal (Channel State Information Reference Signal, CSI-RS) resource indication, synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel signal block (Synchronization Signal and PBCH block, SSB) resource indication, layer indication (LI), rank indication (RI) and L1 Reference signal received power (Layer 1 reference signal received power, L1-RSRP) and at least one other item.
其中,获取第一信息可以通过反向散射设备盘点过程实现,例如,反向散射设备通过检查节点A发送的ACK中的RN16,向节点A反馈反向散射设备的第一信息。Obtaining the first information can be achieved through a backscattering device inventory process. For example, the backscattering device feeds back the first information of the backscattering device to node A by checking RN16 in the ACK sent by node A.
可选地,第二候选反向散射设备可以是部署在感知目标上的感知反向散射设备,也可以是部署在感知环境中任意位置的感知反向散射设备。Optionally, the second candidate backscattering device may be a sensing backscattering device deployed on the sensing target, or may be a sensing backscattering device deployed at any position in the sensing environment.
在本申请的至少一个可选实施例中,所述第一感知的切换过程包括:In at least one optional embodiment of the present application, the first-aware switching process includes:
目标节点和/或目标反向散射设备进行第一感知;且源感知节点和/或源反向散射设备结束第一感知并释放感知资源;可以称之为硬切换;The target node and/or the target backscattering device performs the first sensing; and the source sensing node and/or the source backscattering device ends the first sensing and releases sensing resources; this can be called a hard handover;
或者,or,
目标节点和/或目标反向散射设备进行第一感知,在获得感知测量量的测量值次数达到预设次数或者进行第一感知达到预设时间后,源感知节点和/或源反向散射设备结束第一感知并释放感知资源;可以称之为软切换。The target node and/or the target backscattering device performs the first sensing. After the number of measurements of the sensing measurement quantity has been obtained for a preset number of times or the first sensing has been performed for a preset time, the source sensing node and/or the source backscattering device Ending the first sensing and releasing sensing resources; it can be called soft handover.
换言之,确定目标节点和/或目标反向散射设备后,网络执行切换操作,具体可采用硬切换和软切换2种方法:In other words, after determining the target node and/or target backscattering device, the network performs a handover operation. Specifically, two methods, hard handover and soft handover, can be used:
若采用硬切换方法,源感知节点和/或源反向散射设备结束第一感知并释放感知资源;与此同时或者在此之后,目标节点和/或目标反向散射设备进行第一感知;If the hard handover method is adopted, the source sensing node and/or the source backscattering device ends the first sensing and releases sensing resources; at the same time or after this, the target node and/or the target backscattering device performs the first sensing;
若采用软切换方法,目标节点和/或目标反向散射设备进行第一感知,在获得感知测量量的测量值次数达到预设次数或者进行第一感知达到预设时间后,源感知节点和/或源反向散射设备结束第一感知并释放感知资源。If the soft handover method is used, the target node and/or the target backscattering device performs the first sensing. After the number of measurements of the sensing measurement quantity is obtained reaches the preset number or the first sensing is performed for the preset time, the source sensing node and/or the target backscattering device perform the first sensing. Or the source backscatter device ends the first sensing and releases sensing resources.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
所述第一设备向所述第一感知的源感知节点和/或源反向散射设备发送感知结束命令,所述感知结束命令用于指示对应的源感知节点和/或源反向散射设备结束参与所述第一感知。即源感知节点和/或源反向散射设备在接收到感知结束命令后,再结束参与第一感知并释放感知资源。The first device sends a sensing end command to the first sensing source sensing node and/or source backscatter device, where the sensing end command is used to indicate the end of the corresponding source sensing node and/or source backscattering device. Participate in said first perception. That is, after receiving the sensing end command, the source sensing node and/or the source backscattering device ends participating in the first sensing and releases sensing resources.
其中,所述第一设备向所述第一感知的源反向散射设备发送感知结束命令,包括:Wherein, the first device sends a sensing end command to the first sensed source backscattering device, including:
所述第一设备通过所述第一感知的反向散射设备盘点过程向所述源反向散射设备发送感知结束命令。例如,第一设备为发送第一信号的节点A时,节点A通过ACK消息的 RN16以及命令字段,向任意至少1个源反向散射设备发送感知结束命令。The first device sends a sensing end command to the source backscatter device through the first sensed backscatter device inventory process. For example, when the first device is node A that sends the first signal, node A passes the ACK message RN16 and the command field, send a sensing end command to any at least one source backscattering device.
作为一个可选实施例,所述方法还包括:As an optional embodiment, the method further includes:
所述第一设备将第一感知的至少部分历史信息发送给目标节点;其中,所述历史信息包括以下至少一项:The first device sends at least part of the historical information of the first perception to the target node; wherein the historical information includes at least one of the following:
感知测量量的历史测量值;Historical measurements of perceptual measurements;
历史感知结果;其中,基于至少一项感知测量量的至少一个测量值,进一步计算可以得到感知结果;或者,至少一项感知测量量的至少一个测量值也可以称为感知结果,在此不做具体限定;Historical perception results; wherein, based on at least one measurement value of at least one perception measurement quantity, further calculation can obtain the perception result; or, at least one measurement value of at least one perception measurement quantity can also be called a perception result, which will not be done here. Specific limitations;
感知目标或区域先验信息。Perceive target or region prior information.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,在第一设备向第二候选节点和/或第二候选反向散射设备发送切换请求信息之前,所述方法还包括:网络执行切换测量,第一设备根据切换测量得到的测量报告,决定是否发起切换;若不发起切换,可以维持或者结束当前第一感知;若发起切换,则向第二候选节点和/或第二候选反向散射设备发送切换请求信息。It should be noted that in this embodiment of the present application, before the first device sends handover request information to the second candidate node and/or the second candidate backscattering device, the method further includes: the network performs handover measurement, and the first device According to the measurement report obtained from the handover measurement, decide whether to initiate a handover; if the handover is not initiated, the current first sensing can be maintained or ended; if the handover is initiated, a handover request is sent to the second candidate node and/or the second candidate backscattering device. information.
可选地,节点A发送第一信号,节点B接收第一信号的情况下,网络执行切换测量的步骤包括:Optionally, when node A sends the first signal and node B receives the first signal, the network performs handover measurement steps including:
节点A向节点B发送切换测量请求,节点B收到切换测量请求后进行切换测量,并向节点A反馈切换测量报告;Node A sends a handover measurement request to node B. After receiving the handover measurement request, node B performs handover measurement and feeds back a handover measurement report to node A;
或者,核心网设备(例如感知功能网元)向节点B发送切换测量请求,节点B收到切换测量请求后进行切换测量,并向核心网设备反馈切换测量报告;可选地,节点B或核心网设备向节点A发送切换测量报告。Alternatively, the core network device (such as the sensing function network element) sends a handover measurement request to Node B. After receiving the handover measurement request, Node B performs handover measurement and feeds back the handover measurement report to the core network device; optionally, Node B or the core The network device sends a handover measurement report to node A.
在节点B进行切换测量之前,核心网设备或节点A向节点B发送切换测量所必需的切换测量配置信息。或者,所述切换测量配置信息包含在切换测量请求中。Before Node B performs handover measurement, the core network device or Node A sends handover measurement configuration information necessary for handover measurement to Node B. Alternatively, the handover measurement configuration information is included in the handover measurement request.
可选地,节点A自发自收第一信号的情况下,网络执行切换测量的步骤包括:Optionally, when node A spontaneously receives the first signal, the network performs handover measurement steps including:
核心网设备(例如感知功能网元)向节点A(例如基站或UE)发送切换测量请求,节点A收到切换测量请求后进行切换测量,并向核心网设备反馈切换测量报告;The core network equipment (such as sensing function network element) sends a handover measurement request to node A (such as a base station or UE). After receiving the handover measurement request, node A performs handover measurement and feeds back a handover measurement report to the core network equipment;
或者,节点A主动进行切换测量,获取切换测量报告。可选地,节点A向核心网设备发送切换测量报告。Alternatively, node A actively performs handover measurement and obtains a handover measurement report. Optionally, node A sends a handover measurement report to the core network device.
其中,所述切换测量配置信息包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the handover measurement configuration information includes at least one of the following:
1)测量对象:指示需要测量的源节点和/或候选节点的一个或多个第一信号,以及第一信号相关的感知测量量、感知参数配置信息;1) Measurement object: one or more first signals indicating source nodes and/or candidate nodes that need to be measured, as well as sensing measurement quantities and sensing parameter configuration information related to the first signals;
2)切换测量报告配置:包括上报的原则,例如可以是周期性上报或者事件触发原则;测量报告格式,例如上报的小区最大数量和波束数量等;2) Switch measurement report configuration: including reporting principles, such as periodic reporting or event triggering principles; measurement report format, such as the maximum number of reported cells and number of beams;
3)测量事件及相关的参数:包括测量事件定义、事件相关参数、切换判决条件等;3) Measurement events and related parameters: including measurement event definitions, event-related parameters, switching decision conditions, etc.;
4)测量ID:测量标识,每一个测量ID对应着一个测量对象和一个切换测量报告配置; 4) Measurement ID: Measurement ID. Each measurement ID corresponds to a measurement object and a switching measurement report configuration;
切换测量报告至少包括切换测量所需的感知测量量的测量结果;切换测量所需的感知测量量可以包括当前感知业务感知测量量。The handover measurement report at least includes the measurement results of the sensing measurement quantities required for the handover measurement; the sensing measurement quantities required for the handover measurement may include the sensing measurement quantities of the current sensing service.
可选地,网络执行切换测量的触发事件包括:Optionally, the triggering events for the network to perform handover measurement include:
1)感知目标的状态发生变化(状态包括位置、速度、朝向等);1) Perceive the target’s status to change (status includes position, speed, orientation, etc.);
2)执行感知的节点A或节点B状态发生变化(状态包括位置、速度、朝向、电量等);2) The status of node A or node B that performs sensing changes (state includes position, speed, orientation, power, etc.);
3)感知区域环境发生变化(比如出现阻挡);3) Sensing changes in the regional environment (such as obstructions);
4)节点A或节点B的状态发生变化(状态包括位置、速度、朝向、电量、可用带宽等);4) The status of node A or node B changes (status includes position, speed, orientation, power, available bandwidth, etc.);
5)节点A或节点B获取的感知测量量达到预设门限。例如,感知信号接收功率、感知SNR、感知SINR、距离/速度/角度测量值等至少一项满足预设切换门限值。5) The sensing measurement amount obtained by node A or node B reaches the preset threshold. For example, at least one of the sensing signal received power, sensing SNR, sensing SINR, distance/speed/angle measurement value, etc. satisfies the preset switching threshold.
6)节点A或节点B获取的通信测量量达到预设门限。所述通信测量量包括以下至少一项:参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Received Power,RSRP),信噪比(Signal Noise Ratio,SNR),信干噪比(Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio,SINR),参考信号接收质量(Reference Signal Received Quality,RSRQ),接收信号强度指示器(Received Signal Strength Indicator,RSSI),误码率,误块率,吞吐量,频谱效率等。6) The communication measurement volume obtained by node A or node B reaches the preset threshold. The communication measurement quantity includes at least one of the following: Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP), Signal Noise Ratio (SNR), Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR), Reference Signal Received Quality (RSRQ), Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI), bit error rate, block error rate, throughput, spectrum efficiency, etc.
7)节点A和/或节点B可用感知资源发生改变。例如,突发其他高优先级感知/通信/通感一体化业务,需要基于剩余可用感知资源评估是否发起感知切换流程。7) The available sensing resources of node A and/or node B change. For example, if other high-priority integrated sensing/communication/synaesthesia services burst out, it is necessary to evaluate whether to initiate a sensing handover process based on the remaining available sensing resources.
简言之,在感知目标状态变化或感知环境变化导致的感知业务性能下降甚至中断的情况下,触发网络执行切换测量。In short, when the perceived service performance is degraded or even interrupted due to changes in the perceived target state or changes in the perceived environment, the network is triggered to perform handover measurements.
综上,在本申请实施例中,第一设备根据至少一个第一候选节点和/或至少一个第一候选反向散射设备基于参数配置信息参与的第一感知的感知测量量的测量值,选择待切换的至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备,并向至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备发送切换命令,从而实现感知节点和/或感知反向散射设备的切换。To sum up, in the embodiment of the present application, the first device selects based on the measurement value of the first sensing measurement quantity of the at least one first candidate node and/or the at least one first candidate backscatter device based on the parameter configuration information. At least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device to be switched, and sending a switching command to the at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device, thereby realizing the sensing node and/or the sensing backscattering device switch.
如图3所示,本申请实施例还提供一种切换处理方法,包括:As shown in Figure 3, this embodiment of the present application also provides a handover processing method, including:
步骤301,第二候选节点接收第一设备发送的切换请求信息,所述切换请求信息用于请求所述第二候选节点作为第一感知切换后的感知节点;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;Step 301: The second candidate node receives the switching request information sent by the first device. The switching request information is used to request the second candidate node to serve as the sensing node after the first sensing switch; the first sensing is backscattering. Perception of device involvement;
可选地,切换请求信息中可以包括软切换请求,或硬切换请求。其中,硬切换包括:目标节点和/或目标反向散射设备进行第一感知;且源感知节点和/或源反向散射设备结束第一感知并释放感知资源;软切换包括:目标节点和/或目标反向散射设备进行第一感知,在获得感知测量量的测量值次数达到预设次数或者进行第一感知达到预设时间后,源感知节点和/或源反向散射设备结束第一感知并释放感知资源;Optionally, the handover request information may include a soft handover request or a hard handover request. The hard handover includes: the target node and/or the target backscattering device performs the first sensing; and the source sensing node and/or the source backscattering device ends the first sensing and releases sensing resources; the soft handover includes: the target node and/or the source backscattering device Or the target backscattering device performs the first sensing. After the number of times of obtaining the measurement value of the sensing measurement quantity reaches the preset number or the first sensing reaches the preset time, the source sensing node and/or the source backscattering device ends the first sensing. and release sensing resources;
步骤302,所述第二候选节点向所述第一设备发送切换应答信息,所述切换应答信息用于指示对应的第二候选节点同意作为切换后的感知节点;Step 302: The second candidate node sends switching response information to the first device, where the switching response information is used to indicate that the corresponding second candidate node agrees to serve as the sensing node after switching;
步骤303,第一候选节点接收第一设备发送的参数配置信息;所述参数配置信息用于 配置所述第一候选节点执行第一感知的感知参数;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;所述第一候选节点包括:第二候选节点中同意切换的候选节点;Step 303: The first candidate node receives the parameter configuration information sent by the first device; the parameter configuration information is used to Configuring the sensing parameters of the first candidate node to perform first sensing; the first sensing is sensing involving backscattering equipment; the first candidate node includes: a candidate node among the second candidate nodes that agrees to switch;
可选地,第一设备可以为源节点,也可以为核心网设备,在此不做具体限定。Optionally, the first device may be a source node or a core network device, which is not specifically limited here.
步骤304,所述第一候选节点根据所述参数配置信息,进行所述第一感知对应的第一信号的发送和/或接收;Step 304: The first candidate node sends and/or receives the first signal corresponding to the first perception according to the parameter configuration information;
其中,接收所述第一信号的节点根据接收到的第一信号获得所述第一感知的感知测量量的测量值;所述感知测量量的测量值用于辅助所述第一设备从所述至少一个第一候选节点中确定执行所述第一感知的至少一个目标节点。Wherein, the node receiving the first signal obtains the measured value of the first perceived perceptual measurement quantity according to the received first signal; the measured value of the perceptual measurement quantity is used to assist the first device to obtain the perceptual measurement quantity from the first signal. At least one target node for performing the first sensing is determined among at least one first candidate node.
可选地,基于至少一项感知测量量的至少一个测量值,进一步计算可以得到感知结果;或者,至少一项感知测量量的至少一个测量值也可以称为感知结果,在此不做具体限定;Optionally, based on at least one measurement value of at least one perceptual measurement quantity, further calculation can obtain a perceptual result; or, at least one measurement value of at least one perceptual measurement quantity can also be called a perceptual result, which is not specifically limited here. ;
可选地,第一设备获取到的是感知测量量的实际测量值;或者,第一设备获取的是感知测量量的实际测量值是否满足预设门限条件的判决结果。Optionally, what the first device obtains is the actual measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity; or, what the first device obtains is the judgment result of whether the actual measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity satisfies the preset threshold condition.
一种实现方式中,第一设备判断感知测量量的实际测量值是否满足预设门限条件,从第一候选节点和/或第一候选反向散射设备中选择目标节点和/或目标反向散射设备;In one implementation, the first device determines whether the actual measured value of the perceptual measurement quantity satisfies a preset threshold condition, and selects the target node and/or the target backscattering device from the first candidate node and/or the first candidate backscattering device. equipment;
另一种实现方式中,接收经反向散射设备反射或散射的第一信号的候选节点自行判断感知测量量的实际测量值是否满足预设门限条件,向第一设备反馈判决结果(即是否满足预设门限条件),第一设备根据判断结果从第一候选节点和/或第一候选反向散射设备中选择目标节点和/或目标反向散射设备。In another implementation, the candidate node that receives the first signal reflected or scattered by the backscattering device determines by itself whether the actual measured value of the perceptual measurement quantity meets the preset threshold condition, and feeds back the judgment result to the first device (that is, whether it satisfies the Preset threshold conditions), the first device selects the target node and/or the target backscatter device from the first candidate node and/or the first candidate backscatter device according to the judgment result.
在本申请的一个可选实施例中,所述第一感知包括:第一感知节点发送第一信号,且第二感知节点接收经过反向散射设备反射或散射的至少部分第一信号;In an optional embodiment of the present application, the first sensing includes: a first sensing node sends a first signal, and a second sensing node receives at least part of the first signal reflected or scattered by the backscattering device;
其中,所述至少一个第一候选节点包括:第一感知节点的至少一个第一候选节点,和/或,第二感知节点的至少一个第一候选节点。Wherein, the at least one first candidate node includes: at least one first candidate node of the first sensing node, and/or at least one first candidate node of the second sensing node.
换言之,该第一感知为第一感知节点发送第一信号且第二感知节点接收第一信号,至少部分接收信号是经过反向散射设备反射/散射的第一信号。该场景下第一感知的切换包括:仅感知节点切换、仅感知反向散射设备切换、以及,感知节点和感知反向散射设备均切换;In other words, the first sensing is that the first sensing node sends a first signal and the second sensing node receives the first signal, and at least part of the received signal is the first signal reflected/scattered by the backscattering device. The first sensing switching in this scenario includes: only sensing node switching, only sensing backscattering device switching, and switching of both sensing nodes and sensing backscattering devices;
其中,感知节点的切换包括:仅第一感知节点切换、仅第二感知节点切换、以及,第一感知节点和第二感知节点的切换。The switching of sensing nodes includes: switching of only the first sensing node, switching of only the second sensing node, and switching of the first sensing node and the second sensing node.
在本申请的另一个可选实施例中,所述第一感知包括:第三感知节点发送第一信号,且第三感知节点接收经过反向散射设备反射或散射的至少部分第一信号;In another optional embodiment of the present application, the first sensing includes: a third sensing node sends a first signal, and the third sensing node receives at least part of the first signal reflected or scattered by the backscattering device;
其中,所述至少一个第一候选节点包括:第三感知节点的至少一个第一候选节点。Wherein, the at least one first candidate node includes: at least one first candidate node of the third sensing node.
换言之,该第一感知为第三感知节点发送第一信号且第三感知节点接收第一信号,即第三感知节点自发自收第一信号,至少部分接收信号是经过反向散射设备反射/散射的第一信号。该场景下第一感知的切换包括:仅感知节点切换、仅感知反向散射设备切换、以及,感知节点和感知反向散射设备均切换; In other words, the first sensing is that the third sensing node sends the first signal and the third sensing node receives the first signal, that is, the third sensing node spontaneously receives the first signal, and at least part of the received signal is reflected/scattered by the backscattering device. the first signal. The first sensing switching in this scenario includes: only sensing node switching, only sensing backscattering device switching, and switching of both sensing nodes and sensing backscattering devices;
作为一个可选实施例,接收第一设备发送的切换请求信息的第二候选节点若不同切换,则向第一设备发送拒绝信息,所述拒绝信息用于指示对应的第二候选节点不同意作为切换后的感知节点;As an optional embodiment, if the second candidate node that receives the handover request information sent by the first device does not switch, it sends rejection information to the first device, where the rejection information is used to indicate that the corresponding second candidate node does not agree to act as a switch. Sensing node after switching;
其中,发送所述拒绝信息的第二候选节点不参与第一感知的感知测量。Wherein, the second candidate node that sends the rejection information does not participate in the sensing measurement of the first sensing.
另一种实现方式中,第二候选节点不同意作为切换后的感知节点的情况下,不发送任何信息给第一设备,第一设备在发送切换请求信息后的预设时间段内未接收到第二候选节点反馈的信息,则默认第二候选节点拒绝作为切换后的感知节点。In another implementation, if the second candidate node does not agree to serve as the sensing node after switching, it does not send any information to the first device. The first device does not receive the switching request information within the preset time period after sending it. If the information fed back by the second candidate node is received, the second candidate node will be rejected as the sensing node after switching by default.
在本申请的一个实施例中,所述方法还包括:In one embodiment of the present application, the method further includes:
所述第一候选节点接收所述第一设备发送的切换命令,确定所述第一候选节点为目标节点;所述切换命令用于通知目标节点执行所述第一感知;The first candidate node receives the switching command sent by the first device and determines the first candidate node to be the target node; the switching command is used to notify the target node to perform the first sensing;
根据所述切换命令继续执行所述第一感知。The first sensing is continued according to the switching command.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
若所述第一候选节点未接收到第一设备发送的切换命令,停止执行所述第一感知。If the first candidate node does not receive the switching command sent by the first device, it stops performing the first sensing.
综上,在本申请实施例中,第一设备根据至少一个第一候选节点基于参数配置信息参与的第一感知的感知测量量的测量值,选择待切换的至少一个目标节点,并向至少一个目标节点发送切换命令,从而实现感知节点的切换。To sum up, in the embodiment of the present application, the first device selects at least one target node to be switched based on the measurement value of the first sensing measurement quantity in which the at least one first candidate node participates based on the parameter configuration information, and sends the signal to at least one The target node sends a switching command to realize switching of the sensing node.
如图4所示,本申请实施例还提供一种切换处理方法,包括:As shown in Figure 4, this embodiment of the present application also provides a handover processing method, including:
步骤401,第二候选反向散射设备接收第一设备发送切换请求信息,所述切换请求信息用于请求所述第二候选反向散射设备作为第一感知切换后的感知反向散射设备;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;Step 401: The second candidate backscattering device receives switching request information sent by the first device, where the switching request information is used to request the second candidate backscattering device to serve as the sensing backscattering device after the first sensing switch; so The first perception is the perception involving the backscattering device;
可选地,切换请求信息中可以包括软切换请求,或硬切换请求。其中,硬切换包括:目标节点和/或目标反向散射设备进行第一感知;且源感知节点和/或源反向散射设备结束第一感知并释放感知资源;软切换包括:目标节点和/或目标反向散射设备进行第一感知,在获得感知测量量的测量值次数达到预设次数或者进行第一感知达到预设时间后,源感知节点和/或源反向散射设备结束第一感知并释放感知资源;Optionally, the handover request information may include a soft handover request or a hard handover request. The hard handover includes: the target node and/or the target backscattering device performs the first sensing; and the source sensing node and/or the source backscattering device ends the first sensing and releases sensing resources; the soft handover includes: the target node and/or the source backscattering device Or the target backscattering device performs the first sensing. After the number of times of obtaining the measurement value of the sensing measurement quantity reaches the preset number or the first sensing reaches the preset time, the source sensing node and/or the source backscattering device ends the first sensing. and release sensing resources;
步骤402,所述第二候选反向散射设备向所述第一设备发送切换应答信息,所述切换应答信息用于指示对应的第二候选反向散射设备同意作为切换后的感知反向散射设备;Step 402: The second candidate backscattering device sends switching response information to the first device. The switching response information is used to indicate that the corresponding second candidate backscattering device agrees to serve as the sensing backscattering device after switching. ;
步骤403,第一候选反向散射设备接收第一设备发送的参数配置信息;所述参数配置信息用于配置所述第一候选反向散射设备参与第一感知的感知参数;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;所述第一候选反向散射设备包括:第二候选反向散射设备中同意切换的候选反向散射设备;Step 403: The first candidate backscattering device receives the parameter configuration information sent by the first device; the parameter configuration information is used to configure the sensing parameters of the first candidate backscattering device to participate in the first sensing; the first sensing It is the perception of the participation of backscattering devices; the first candidate backscattering device includes: a candidate backscattering device among the second candidate backscattering devices that agrees to switch;
可选地,第一设备可以为源节点,也可以为核心网设备,在此不做具体限定。Optionally, the first device may be a source node or a core network device, which is not specifically limited here.
步骤404,所述第一候选反向散射设备根据所述参数配置信息,进行所述第一感知对应的第一信号的反射或散射;接收所述第一信号的节点根据接收到的第一信号获得所述第一感知的感知测量量的测量值;所述感知测量量的测量值用于辅助所述第一设备从所述至 少一个第一候选反向散射设备中确定参与所述第一感知的至少一个目标反向散射设备。Step 404: The first candidate backscattering device performs reflection or scattering of the first signal corresponding to the first perception according to the parameter configuration information; the node receiving the first signal performs reflection or scattering according to the received first signal. Obtain the measured value of the first perceived perceptual measurement quantity; the measured value of the perceptual measurement quantity is used to assist the first device from the to At least one target backscattering device participating in the first sensing is determined from among the at least one first candidate backscattering device.
可选地,上基于至少一项感知测量量的至少一个测量值,进一步计算可以得到感知结果;或者,至少一项感知测量量的至少一个测量值也可以称为感知结果,在此不做具体限定;Optionally, based on at least one measurement value of at least one sensory measurement quantity, further calculation can obtain the perception result; or, at least one measurement value of at least one perception measurement quantity can also be called a perception result, which will not be specified here. limited;
可选地,第一设备获取到的是感知测量量的实际测量值;或者,第一设备获取的是感知测量量的实际测量值是否满足预设门限条件的判决结果。Optionally, what the first device obtains is the actual measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity; or, what the first device obtains is the judgment result of whether the actual measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity satisfies the preset threshold condition.
一种实现方式中,第一设备判断感知测量量的实际测量值是否满足预设门限条件,从第一候选节点和/或第一候选反向散射设备中选择目标节点和/或目标反向散射设备;In one implementation, the first device determines whether the actual measured value of the perceptual measurement quantity satisfies a preset threshold condition, and selects the target node and/or the target backscattering device from the first candidate node and/or the first candidate backscattering device. equipment;
另一种实现方式中,接收经反向散射设备反射或散射的第一信号的候选节点自行判断感知测量量的实际测量值是否满足预设门限条件,向第一设备反馈判决结果(即是否满足预设门限条件),第一设备根据判断结果从第一候选节点和/或第一候选反向散射设备中选择目标节点和/或目标反向散射设备。In another implementation, the candidate node that receives the first signal reflected or scattered by the backscattering device determines by itself whether the actual measured value of the perceptual measurement quantity meets the preset threshold condition, and feeds back the judgment result to the first device (that is, whether it satisfies the Preset threshold conditions), the first device selects the target node and/or the target backscatter device from the first candidate node and/or the first candidate backscatter device according to the judgment result.
需要说明的是,第一候选反向散射设备在反射/散射第一信号过程中,可以直接反射/散射,不对第一信号做任何处理;也可以对第一信号进行信息调制后进行反射/散射,调制方式可以是调幅、调相、调频以及上述任意只会少2种方式的组合,在此不做具体限定。It should be noted that during the process of reflecting/scattering the first signal, the first candidate backscattering device can directly reflect/scatter without performing any processing on the first signal; it can also perform information modulation on the first signal before performing reflection/scattering. , the modulation method can be amplitude modulation, phase modulation, frequency modulation, or any combination of at least two of the above methods, which is not specifically limited here.
作为一个可选实施例,接收第一设备发送的切换请求信息的第二候选反向散射设备若不同切换,则向第一设备发送拒绝信息,所述拒绝信息用于指示对应的第二候选反向散射设备不同意作为切换后的感知反向散射设备;As an optional embodiment, if the second candidate backscattering device that receives the switching request information sent by the first device does not switch, it sends rejection information to the first device, where the rejection information is used to indicate the corresponding second candidate backscattering device. The backscatter device does not agree as a perceptual backscatter device after switching;
其中,发送所述拒绝信息的第二候选反向散射设备不参与第一感知的感知测量。Wherein, the second candidate backscattering device that sends the rejection information does not participate in the sensing measurement of the first sensing.
另一种实现方式中,第二候选反向散射设备不同意作为切换后的感知候选反向散射设备的情况下,不发送任何信息给第一设备,第一设备在发送切换请求信息后的预设时间段内未接收到第二候选反向散射设备反馈的信息,则默认第二候选反向散射设备拒绝作为切换后的感知选反向散射设备。In another implementation, if the second candidate backscattering device does not agree to be the sensing candidate backscattering device after switching, no information is sent to the first device. The first device sends the switching request information in advance. If no feedback information from the second candidate backscattering device is received within the time period, the second candidate backscattering device will be rejected as the sensing selected backscattering device after switching by default.
在本申请的一个实施例中,所述方法还包括:In one embodiment of the present application, the method further includes:
所述第一候选反向散射设备接收所述第一设备发送的切换命令,确定所述第一候选反向散射设备为目标反向散射设备;所述切换命令用于通知目标反向散射设备参与所述第一感知;The first candidate backscattering device receives the switching command sent by the first device, and determines the first candidate backscattering device to be the target backscattering device; the switching command is used to notify the target backscattering device to participate said first perception;
根据所述切换命令继续参与所述第一感知。Continue to participate in the first perception according to the switching command.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
若所述第一候选反向散射设备未接收到第一设备发送的切换命令,停止参与所述第一感知。If the first candidate backscattering device does not receive the switching command sent by the first device, it stops participating in the first sensing.
综上,在本申请实施例中,第一设备根据至少一个第一候选反向散射设备基于参数配置信息参与的第一感知的感知测量量的测量值,选择待切换的至少一个目标反向散射设备,并向至少一个目标反向散射设备发送切换命令,从而实现感知反向散射设备的切换。To sum up, in the embodiment of the present application, the first device selects at least one target backscatter to be switched based on the measured value of the first sensed sensing measurement quantity in which the at least one first candidate backscattering device participates based on the parameter configuration information. device, and sends a switching command to at least one target backscatter device, thereby realizing switching of the sensing backscatter device.
为了更清楚的描述本申请实施例提供的切换处理方法,下面结合几个示例对完整切换 流程进行详细说明,且下述示例中将反向散射设备简称为Tag。In order to describe the handover processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application more clearly, the following is a complete handover with several examples. The process is explained in detail, and the backscattering device is referred to as Tag in the following examples.
示例一,第一感知方式(节点A发送第一信号且节点B接收经Tag反射或散射的第一信号),仅感知节点切换Example 1, the first sensing mode (node A sends the first signal and node B receives the first signal reflected or scattered by the Tag), only sensing node switching
步骤1:网络执行切换测量。Step 1: The network performs handover measurements.
节点A向节点B发送切换测量请求,节点B收到切换测量请求后进行切换测量,并向节点A反馈切换测量报告;Node A sends a handover measurement request to node B. After receiving the handover measurement request, node B performs handover measurement and feeds back a handover measurement report to node A;
或者,核心网设备(例如感知功能网元)向节点B发送切换测量请求,节点B收到切换测量请求后进行切换测量,并向核心网设备反馈切换测量报告;可选地,节点B或核心网设备向节点A发送切换测量报告。Alternatively, the core network device (such as the sensing function network element) sends a handover measurement request to Node B. After receiving the handover measurement request, Node B performs handover measurement and feeds back the handover measurement report to the core network device; optionally, Node B or the core The network device sends a handover measurement report to node A.
在节点B进行切换测量之前,核心网设备或节点A向节点B发送切换测量所必需的切换测量配置信息。或者,所述切换测量配置信息包含在切换测量请求中。Before Node B performs handover measurement, the core network device or Node A sends handover measurement configuration information necessary for handover measurement to Node B. Alternatively, the handover measurement configuration information is included in the handover measurement request.
步骤2:基于切换测量报告,决定是否发起切换。Step 2: Based on the handover measurement report, decide whether to initiate handover.
可选地,节点A向核心网设备上报切换测量报告,由核心网设备决定是否发起切换请求。或者,核心网设备根据从节点B接收到的切换测量报告,决定是否发起切换请求。或者,节点B根据切换测量报告,决定是否发起切换请求。Optionally, node A reports a handover measurement report to the core network device, and the core network device decides whether to initiate a handover request. Alternatively, the core network device decides whether to initiate a handover request based on the handover measurement report received from the node B. Alternatively, Node B decides whether to initiate a handover request based on the handover measurement report.
若不发起切换,后续处理可以是维持或者结束当前第一感知。If handover is not initiated, subsequent processing may be to maintain or end the current first sensing.
若发起切换,根据切换节点不同,具体分为以下几种情况之一:If a handover is initiated, it will be divided into one of the following situations depending on the switching node:
情况1:仅节点B切换。Case 1: Only node B switches.
节点A或节点B或核心网设备向至少一个第二候选节点B发送第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息为请求第一请求信息接收方作为切换后的感知节点,接收经tag反射/散射的第一信号。Node A or node B or core network equipment sends first request information to at least one second candidate node B. The first request information requests the first request information recipient to serve as a sensing node after switching and receive tag reflection/scattering. the first signal.
情况2:仅节点A切换。Case 2: Only node A switches.
源节点A或节点B或核心网设备向至少一个第二候选节点A发送第二请求信息,所述第二请求信息为请求第二请求信息接收方作为切换后的感知节点,发送第一信号。The source node A or node B or the core network device sends second request information to at least one second candidate node A, where the second request information requests the recipient of the second request information to serve as a post-switched sensing node and send a first signal.
情况3:节点A和节点B均切换。Case 3: Both node A and node B switch.
核心网设备向至少一个第二候选节点B发送第一请求信息,向至少一个第二候选节点A发送第二请求信息。The core network device sends the first request information to at least one second candidate node B, and sends the second request information to at least one second candidate node A.
可选地,所述第一请求信息和/或第二请求信息可以包括软切换请求。Optionally, the first request information and/or the second request information may include a soft handover request.
步骤3:第二候选节点(A和/或B)决定是否同意切换。根据切换节点不同分别讨论:Step 3: The second candidate node (A and/or B) decides whether to agree to the handover. Discuss separately according to different switching nodes:
情况1:仅节点B切换。Case 1: Only node B switches.
同意,第二候选节点B向第一请求信息发送方发送第一应答信息,所述第一应答信息为指示第一请求信息发送方,第一应答信息发送方同意切换,切换后接收经tag反射/散射的第一信号。Agree, the second candidate node B sends the first response information to the first request information sender. The first response information indicates the first request information sender. The first response information sender agrees to switch. After the switch, it receives the tag reflection /Scattered first signal.
可选地,第二候选节点B在第一应答信息中反馈建议的第一参数配置信息。所述第一参数配置信息,用于候选节点执行第一感知的感知参数配置。 Optionally, the second candidate node B feeds back the suggested first parameter configuration information in the first response information. The first parameter configuration information is used for the candidate node to configure sensing parameters for performing first sensing.
若第一请求信息中包括软切换请求,且第二候选节点同意并支持软切换,可选地,第一参数配置信息包括软切换参数配置信息。If the first request information includes a soft handover request, and the second candidate node agrees and supports the soft handover, optionally, the first parameter configuration information includes soft handover parameter configuration information.
不同意,则可选地,第二候选节点B向第一请求信息发送方发送第一拒绝信息,所述第一拒绝信息为指示第一请求信息发送方,第一拒绝信息发送方不进行感知。If not agreed, then optionally, the second candidate node B sends the first rejection information to the first request information sender, where the first rejection information indicates the first request information sender, and the first rejection information sender does not sense .
若所有第二候选节点均不同意切换,后续处理可以是以下其中一项:i.节点A或核心网设备重新确定第一候选节点B;ii.维持当前感知;iii.结束当前感知;If all second candidate nodes do not agree to the handover, the subsequent processing can be one of the following: i. Node A or the core network device re-determines the first candidate node B; ii. Maintain the current perception; iii. End the current perception;
情况2:仅节点A切换。Case 2: Only node A switches.
同意,第二候选节点A向第二请求信息发送方发送第二应答信息,所述第二应答信息为指示第二请求信息发送方,第二应答信息发送方同意切换,切换后发送第一信号。Agree, the second candidate node A sends second response information to the second request information sender, the second response information is to indicate the second request information sender, the second response information sender agrees to switch, and sends the first signal after switching .
可选地,第二候选节点A在第二应答信息中反馈建议的第一参数配置信息。若第二请求信息中包括软切换请求,且第一候选节点同意并支持软切换,可选地,第一参数配置信息包括软切换参数配置信息。Optionally, the second candidate node A feeds back the suggested first parameter configuration information in the second response information. If the second request information includes a soft handover request, and the first candidate node agrees and supports the soft handover, optionally, the first parameter configuration information includes soft handover parameter configuration information.
不同意,则可选地,第二候选节点A向第二请求信息发送方发送第二拒绝信息,所述第二拒绝信息为指示第二请求信息发送方,第二拒绝信息发送方不进行感知。If not agreed, then optionally, the second candidate node A sends second rejection information to the second request information sender, where the second rejection information indicates the second request information sender, and the second rejection information sender does not sense .
若所有第二候选节点均不同意切换,后续处理可以是以下其中一项:i.源节点A或节点B或核心网设备重新确定第二候选节点A;ii.维持当前感知;iii.结束当前感知;If all second candidate nodes do not agree to the handover, the subsequent processing can be one of the following: i. Source node A or node B or the core network device re-determines the second candidate node A; ii. Maintain the current perception; iii. End the current perception;
情况3:节点A和节点B均切换,则同时进行情况1、情况2操作。Case 3: Both node A and node B are switched, then case 1 and case 2 operations are performed at the same time.
步骤4:节点A/核心网设备基于收到的第一应答信息,或者源节点A/节点B/核心网设备基于收到的第二应答信息,或者核心网设备基于收到的第一应答信息、第二应答信息,在第二候选节点(A和/或B)中确定至少一个目标节点,作为切换后执行第一感知的感知节点。Step 4: Node A/core network device based on the received first response information, or source node A/node B/core network device based on the received second response information, or core network device based on the received first response information , the second response information determines at least one target node among the second candidate nodes (A and/or B) as the sensing node that performs the first sensing after switching.
从第二候选节点(A和/或B)中确定目标节点的具体流程如下:The specific process of determining the target node from the second candidate node (A and/or B) is as follows:
情况1:仅节点B切换。Case 1: Only node B switches.
(1)节点A或核心网设备基于收到的第一应答信息,从第二候选节点B中确定第一候选节点B。其中第一候选节点B为第二候选节点B中同意切换的节点B;(1) Node A or the core network device determines the first candidate node B from the second candidate node B based on the received first response information. The first candidate node B is the node B among the second candidate nodes B that agrees to switch;
(2)节点A或核心网设备向第一候选节点B发送第二参数配置信息。所述第二参数配置信息,用于第一候选节点执行第一感知的感知参数配置。可选地,第二参数配置信息包括软切换参数配置信息;(2) Node A or the core network device sends the second parameter configuration information to the first candidate node B. The second parameter configuration information is used for the first candidate node to configure sensing parameters for performing first sensing. Optionally, the second parameter configuration information includes soft handover parameter configuration information;
(3)节点A发送第一信号,至少部分第一信号经过至少1个感知tag反射,并被至少1个第一候选节点B接收;(3) Node A sends a first signal, and at least part of the first signal is reflected by at least one sensing tag and received by at least one first candidate node B;
(4)第一候选节点B基于接收到的tag的反射的第一信号,获得感知测量量的测量值;(4) The first candidate node B obtains the measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity based on the first signal reflected by the received tag;
(5)第一候选节点B将感知测量量的测量值反馈给节点A或核心网设备,节点A或核心网设备判断该测量值是否满足预设门限条件,从第一候选节点B中确定目标节点B。或者,第一候选节点B自行判断该测量值是否满足预设门限条件,向节点A或核心网设 备反馈判决结果,节点A或核心网设备从第一候选节点B中确定目标节点B。若所有第一候选节点B的感知测量量的测量值均不满足预设门限条件,则后续处理可以是以下其中一项:i.节点A或核心网设备重新确定第一候选节点B;ii.维持当前感知;iii.结束当前感知;(5) The first candidate node B feeds back the measurement value of the sensing measurement quantity to the node A or the core network device. The node A or the core network device determines whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold conditions and determines the target from the first candidate node B. Node B. Or, the first candidate node B determines by itself whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition, and sends the request to node A or the core network device. After feedback of the judgment result, node A or core network equipment determines the target node B from the first candidate node B. If the measurement values of the sensing measurement quantities of all first candidate nodes B do not meet the preset threshold conditions, the subsequent processing may be one of the following: i. Node A or the core network device re-determines the first candidate node B; ii. Maintain the current perception; iii. End the current perception;
(6)节点A或核心网设备向目标节点B发送切换命令。所述切换命令用于通知目标感知节点执行第一感知操作。(6) Node A or the core network device sends a handover command to the target node B. The switching command is used to notify the target sensing node to perform a first sensing operation.
情况2:仅节点A切换。Case 2: Only node A switches.
(1)源节点A或节点B或核心网设备基于收到的第二应答信息,从第二候选节点A中确定第一候选节点A。其中第一候选节点A为第二候选节点A中同意切换的节点A;(1) Source node A or node B or the core network device determines the first candidate node A from the second candidate node A based on the received second response information. The first candidate node A is the node A among the second candidate nodes A that agrees to switch;
(2)源节点A或节点B或核心网设备向第一候选节点A发送第二参数配置信息。(2) Source node A or node B or the core network device sends the second parameter configuration information to the first candidate node A.
(3)第一候选节点A发送第一信号,至少部分第一信号经过至少1个感知tag反射,并被节点B接收;(3) The first candidate node A sends the first signal, and at least part of the first signal is reflected by at least one sensing tag and is received by node B;
(4)节点B基于接收到的tag的反射的第一信号,获得感知测量量的测量值。可选地,节点B将所述测量值发送给源节点A或核心网设备;源节点A或节点B或核心网设备判断该测量值是否满足预设门限条件,从第一候选节点A中确定目标节点A。若所有第一候选节点A对应的感知测量量的测量值均不满足预设门限条件,则后续处理可以是以下其中一项:i.源节点A或节点B或核心网设备重新确定第一候选节点A;ii.维持当前感知;iii.结束当前感知;(4) Node B obtains the measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity based on the first signal reflected by the received tag. Optionally, node B sends the measured value to source node A or core network equipment; source node A, node B, or core network equipment determines whether the measured value meets the preset threshold condition and determines it from the first candidate node A. Target node A. If the measurement values of the sensing measurement quantities corresponding to all first candidate nodes A do not meet the preset threshold conditions, the subsequent processing may be one of the following: i. Source node A or node B or the core network device re-determines the first candidate Node A; ii. Maintain current perception; iii. End current perception;
(5)源节点A或节点B或核心网设备向目标节点A发送切换命令。(5) Source node A or node B or core network equipment sends a handover command to target node A.
情况3:节点A和节点B均切换。Case 3: Both node A and node B switch.
(1)核心网设备基于收到的第一应答信息,从第二候选节点B中确定第一候选节点B,其中第一候选节点B为第二候选节点B中同意切换的节点B;基于收到的第二应答信息,从第二候选节点A中确定第一候选节点A,其中第一候选节点A为第二候选节点A中同意切换的节点A;(1) Based on the received first response information, the core network device determines the first candidate node B from the second candidate node B, where the first candidate node B is the node B among the second candidate node B that agrees to switch; After receiving the second response information, determine the first candidate node A from the second candidate node A, where the first candidate node A is the node A among the second candidate nodes A that agrees to switch;
(2)核心网设备向第一候选节点A、第一候选节点B发送第二参数配置信息。(2) The core network device sends the second parameter configuration information to the first candidate node A and the first candidate node B.
(3)第一候选节点A发送第一信号,至少部分第一信号经过至少1个感知tag反射,并被至少1个第一候选节点B接收;(3) The first candidate node A sends a first signal, and at least part of the first signal is reflected by at least one sensing tag and is received by at least one first candidate node B;
(4)第一候选节点B基于接收到的tag的反射的第一信号,获得感知测量量的测量值;(4) The first candidate node B obtains the measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity based on the first signal reflected by the received tag;
(5)第一候选节点B将感知测量量的测量值反馈给核心网设备,核心网设备判断该测量值是否满足预设门限条件,从第一候选节点B中确定目标节点B,从第一候选节点A中确定目标节点A。或者,第一候选节点B自行判断该测量值是否满足预设门限条件,向核心网设备反馈判决结果,核心网设备从第一候选节点B中确定目标节点B,从第一候选节点A中确定目标节点A。若所有第一候选节点B的感知测量量测量值均不满足预设门限条件,则后续处理可以是以下其中一项:i.核心网设备重新确定第一候选节点A和/或 第一候选节点B;ii.维持当前感知;iii.结束当前感知;(5) The first candidate node B feeds back the measurement value of the sensing measurement quantity to the core network equipment. The core network equipment determines whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition, determines the target node B from the first candidate node B, and determines the target node B from the first candidate node B. Determine target node A among candidate nodes A. Alternatively, the first candidate node B determines by itself whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition, and feeds back the judgment result to the core network device. The core network device determines the target node B from the first candidate node B, and determines the target node B from the first candidate node A. Target node A. If the sensing measurement values of all first candidate nodes B do not meet the preset threshold conditions, the subsequent processing may be one of the following: i. The core network device re-determines the first candidate node A and/or The first candidate node B; ii. Maintain the current perception; iii. End the current perception;
(6)核心网设备向目标节点A、目标节点B发送切换命令。(6) The core network device sends a handover command to target node A and target node B.
步骤5:确定目标节点(A和/或B)后,网络执行切换操作,具体可采用硬切换和软切换2种方法:Step 5: After determining the target node (A and/or B), the network performs a handover operation. Specifically, two methods, hard handover and soft handover, can be used:
情况1:仅节点B切换。Case 1: Only node B switches.
若采用硬切换方法,源节点B结束第一感知,并释放感知资源;与此同时或者在此之后,目标节点B进行第一感知;If the hard handover method is adopted, the source node B ends the first sensing and releases the sensing resources; at the same time or after this, the target node B performs the first sensing;
若采用软切换方法,目标节点B进行第一感知,在获得感知测量量测量值/感知结果次数达到预设次数,或者进行第一感知达到预设时间后,源节点B结束第一感知,并释放感知资源;If the soft handover method is used, the target node B performs the first sensing. After the number of sensing measurement values/sensing results obtained reaches the preset number of times, or the first sensing reaches the preset time, the source node B ends the first sensing and Release sensing resources;
可选地,源节点B在收到节点A或核心网设备发送的感知结束命令后,再结束第一感知并释放感知资源。Optionally, after receiving the sensing end command sent by node A or the core network device, source node B ends the first sensing and releases sensing resources.
情况2:仅节点A切换。Case 2: Only node A switches.
若采用硬切换方法,源节点A结束第一感知,并释放感知资源;与此同时或者在此之后,目标节点A进行第一感知;If the hard handover method is adopted, the source node A ends the first sensing and releases the sensing resources; at the same time or after this, the target node A performs the first sensing;
若采用软切换方法,目标节点A进行第一感知,在获得感知测量量测量值/感知结果次数达到预设次数,或者进行第一感知达到预设时间后,源节点A结束第一感知,并释放感知资源;If the soft handover method is used, the target node A performs the first sensing. After the number of sensing measurement values/sensing results obtained reaches the preset number of times, or the first sensing reaches the preset time, the source node A ends the first sensing, and Release sensing resources;
可选地,源节点A在收到节点B或核心网设备发送的感知结束命令后,再结束第一感知并释放感知资源。Optionally, source node A ends the first sensing and releases sensing resources after receiving the sensing end command sent by node B or the core network device.
情况3:节点A和节点B均切换。Case 3: Both node A and node B switch.
若采用硬切换方法,源节点A、源节点B结束第一感知,并释放感知资源;与此同时或者在此之后,目标节点A、目标节点B进行第一感知;If the hard handover method is adopted, source node A and source node B end the first sensing and release sensing resources; at the same time or after this, target node A and target node B perform the first sensing;
若采用软切换方法,目标节点A、目标节点B进行第一感知,在获得感知测量量测量值/感知结果次数达到预设次数,或者进行第一感知达到预设时间后,源节点A、源节点B结束第一感知,并释放感知资源;If the soft handover method is used, the target node A and the target node B perform the first sensing. After the number of sensing measurement values/sensing results obtained reaches the preset number, or the first sensing reaches the preset time, the source node A and the source node B perform the first sensing. Node B ends the first sensing and releases sensing resources;
可选地,源节点A和源节点B在收到核心网设备发送的感知结束命令后,再结束第一感知并释放感知资源。Optionally, source node A and source node B end the first sensing and release sensing resources after receiving the sensing end command sent by the core network device.
步骤6:可选地,源节点和/或核心网设备和/或感知tag将至少部分历史感知测量量测量值和/或历史感知结果、感知目标/区域先验信息发送给目标节点。Step 6: Optionally, the source node and/or core network equipment and/or sensing tag send at least part of the historical sensing measurement values and/or historical sensing results, and sensing target/area prior information to the target node.
示例二,第一感知方式(节点A发送第一信号且节点B接收经Tag反射或散射的第一信号),仅感知Tag切换Example 2, the first sensing method (node A sends the first signal and node B receives the first signal reflected or scattered by the Tag), only sensing Tag switching
步骤1:网络执行切换测量。Step 1: The network performs handover measurements.
节点A向节点B发送切换测量请求,节点B收到切换测量请求后进行切换测量,并向节点A反馈切换测量报告; Node A sends a handover measurement request to node B. After receiving the handover measurement request, node B performs handover measurement and feeds back a handover measurement report to node A;
或者,核心网设备(例如感知功能网元)向节点B发送切换测量请求,节点B收到切换测量请求后进行切换测量,并向核心网设备反馈切换测量报告;可选地,节点B或核心网设备向节点A发送切换测量报告。Alternatively, the core network device (such as the sensing function network element) sends a handover measurement request to Node B. After receiving the handover measurement request, Node B performs handover measurement and feeds back the handover measurement report to the core network device; optionally, Node B or the core The network device sends a handover measurement report to node A.
在节点B进行切换测量之前,核心网设备或节点A向节点B发送切换测量所必需的切换测量配置信息。或者,所述切换测量配置信息包含在切换测量请求中。Before Node B performs handover measurement, the core network device or Node A sends handover measurement configuration information necessary for handover measurement to Node B. Alternatively, the handover measurement configuration information is included in the handover measurement request.
步骤2:基于切换测量报告,决定是否发起切换。Step 2: Based on the handover measurement report, decide whether to initiate handover.
可选地,节点A向核心网设备上报切换测量报告,由核心网设备决定是否发起切换请求。或者,核心网设备根据从节点B接收到的切换测量报告,决定是否发起切换请求。或者,节点B根据切换测量报告,决定是否发起切换请求。Optionally, node A reports a handover measurement report to the core network device, and the core network device decides whether to initiate a handover request. Alternatively, the core network device decides whether to initiate a handover request based on the handover measurement report received from the node B. Alternatively, Node B decides whether to initiate a handover request based on the handover measurement report.
若不发起切换,后续处理可以是维持或者结束当前第一感知。If handover is not initiated, subsequent processing may be to maintain or end the current first sensing.
若发起切换,且仅对感知tag进行切换:If switching is initiated, and only the sensing tag is switched:
节点A或核心网设备向至少一个第二候选tag发送第三请求信息,所述第三请求信息为请求第三请求信息接收方作为切换后的感知tag,反射/散射节点A发送的第一信号。可选地,所述第三请求信息可以包括软切换请求。Node A or the core network device sends third request information to at least one second candidate tag. The third request information requests the recipient of the third request information to serve as a sensing tag after switching and reflects/scatters the first signal sent by node A. . Optionally, the third request information may include a soft handover request.
其中,所述节点A或核心网设备向至少一个第二候选tag发送第三请求信息,可以通过tag盘点过程实现:节点A可以通过Select命令,选择第一信号覆盖范围内的至少部分tag进行盘点。节点A通过ACK消息的RN16以及命令字段,向任意至少1个第二候选tag发送第三请求信息。Wherein, the node A or the core network device sends the third request information to at least one second candidate tag, which can be realized through the tag inventory process: the node A can use the Select command to select at least some tags within the coverage of the first signal for inventory. . Node A sends the third request information to any at least one second candidate tag through the RN16 and command fields of the ACK message.
可选地,在步骤2之前,节点A获取第一信号覆盖范围内感知tag的第一信息,所述第一信息用于确定第二候选tag。其中,获取第一信息可以通过tag盘点过程实现:tag通过检查节点A发送的ACK中的RN16,向节点A反馈tag的第一信息。Optionally, before step 2, node A obtains first information about sensing tags within the coverage of the first signal, and the first information is used to determine the second candidate tag. Among them, obtaining the first information can be realized through the tag inventory process: the tag feeds back the first information of the tag to the node A by checking the RN16 in the ACK sent by the node A.
所述第一信息包括以下至少一项:The first information includes at least one of the following:
1)候选tag的位置信息;1) Position information of candidate tags;
2)候选tag天线面板朝向信息;2) Candidate tag antenna panel orientation information;
3)候选tag的状态信息;3) Status information of candidate tags;
4)候选tag的感知能力信息;4) Perceptual ability information of candidate tags;
5)候选tag当前可用于进行感知的资源信息;5) Resource information that candidate tags can currently use for sensing;
6)候选tag的信道状态信息。6) Channel status information of candidate tags.
步骤3:第二候选tag向节点A反馈第二信息,所述第二信息指示节点A第一候选tag是否同意切换,或者是否具备切换条件。所述第二信息包括第三应答信息或者第三拒绝信息。具体地:Step 3: The second candidate tag feeds back second information to node A. The second information indicates whether node A's first candidate tag agrees to switch, or whether it meets the switching conditions. The second information includes third response information or third rejection information. specifically:
同意或具备切换条件,第二候选tag向第三请求信息发送方(节点A)反馈第三应答信息,所述第三应答信息为指示第三请求信息发送方,第三应答信息发送方同意切换具备切换条件,切换后反射/散射节点A发送的第一信号。Agree or meet the switching conditions, the second candidate tag feeds back the third response information to the third request information sender (node A), the third response information is to indicate the third request information sender, and the third response information sender agrees to switch The switching conditions are met, and the first signal sent by node A is reflected/scattered after switching.
可选地,第二候选tag在第一应答信息中反馈建议的第三参数配置信息。所述第三参 数配置信息,用于感知节点(A和B)、第二候选tag执行第一感知的感知参数配置。Optionally, the second candidate tag feeds back the suggested third parameter configuration information in the first response information. The third parameter Configuration information for sensing nodes (A and B) and second candidate tags to perform sensing parameter configuration for first sensing.
若第三请求信息中包括软切换请求,且第二候选tag同意并支持软切换,可选地,第三参数配置信息包括软切换参数配置信息。If the third request information includes a soft handover request, and the second candidate tag agrees and supports soft handover, optionally, the third parameter configuration information includes soft handover parameter configuration information.
不同意或不具备切换条件,则可选地,第二候选tag向第三请求信息发送方(节点A)发送第三拒绝信息,所述第三拒绝信息为指示第三请求信息发送方,第三拒绝信息发送方不参与感知。does not agree or does not meet the switching conditions, then optionally, the second candidate tag sends third rejection information to the third request information sender (node A), and the third rejection information indicates the third request information sender. 3. The sender of rejection information does not participate in sensing.
若所有第二候选tag均不同意切换或均不具备切换条件,后续处理可以是以下其中一项:i.节点A或核心网设备重新确定第二候选tag;ii.维持当前感知;iii.结束当前感知;If all the second candidate tags do not agree to switch or do not meet the switching conditions, the subsequent processing can be one of the following: i. Node A or the core network device re-determines the second candidate tag; ii. Maintain the current perception; iii. End current perception;
其中,所述第二候选tag向节点A反馈第二信息,可以通过tag盘点过程实现:tag通过检查节点A发送的ACK中的RN16,向节点A反馈tag的第二信息。Wherein, the second candidate tag feeds back the second information to the node A, which can be realized through the tag inventory process: the tag feeds back the second information of the tag to the node A by checking the RN16 in the ACK sent by the node A.
步骤4:节点A/核心网设备基于收到的第三应答信息,在第二候选tag中确定至少一个目标tag,作为切换后参与第一感知的感知tag。Step 4: Node A/core network equipment determines at least one target tag among the second candidate tags based on the received third response information as a sensing tag that participates in the first sensing after handover.
从第二候选tag中确定目标tag的具体流程如下:The specific process of determining the target tag from the second candidate tag is as follows:
(1)节点A或核心网设备基于收到的第三应答信息,从第二候选tag中确定第一候选tag。其中第一候选tag为第二候选tag中同意切换或者具备切换条件的感知tag;(1) Node A or the core network device determines the first candidate tag from the second candidate tag based on the received third response information. The first candidate tag is the sensing tag among the second candidate tags that agrees to switch or has switching conditions;
(2)节点A或核心网设备向第一候选tag发送第四参数配置信息。所述第四参数配置信息,用于第一候选tag参与第一感知的感知参数配置。可选地,第四参数配置信息包括软切换参数配置信息;(2) Node A or the core network device sends the fourth parameter configuration information to the first candidate tag. The fourth parameter configuration information is used to configure the sensing parameters for the first candidate tag to participate in the first sensing. Optionally, the fourth parameter configuration information includes soft handover parameter configuration information;
(3)节点A发送第一信号,至少部分第一信号经过至少1个第一候选tag反射,并被节点B接收;(3) Node A sends the first signal, and at least part of the first signal is reflected by at least one first candidate tag and is received by node B;
(4)节点B基于接收到的第一候选tag反射的第一信号,获得感知测量量的测量值。(4) Node B obtains the measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity based on the received first signal reflected by the first candidate tag.
(5)节点B判断该测量值是否满足预设门限条件,从第一候选tag中确定至少1个目标tag。或者,节点B将感知测量量的测量值反馈给节点A或核心网设备,节点A或核心网设备判断该测量值是否满足预设门限条件,从第一候选tag中确定至少1个目标tag。或者,节点B判断该测量值是否满足预设门限条件,向节点A或核心网设备反馈判决结果,节点A或核心网设备从第一候选tag中确定至少1个目标tag。若所有第一候选tag对应的感知测量量的测量值均不满足预设门限条件,则后续处理可以是以下其中一项:i.节点A或核心网设备重新确定第一候选tag;ii.进行感知节点切换;iii.维持当前感知;iv.结束当前感知;(5) Node B determines whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition and determines at least one target tag from the first candidate tag. Alternatively, Node B feeds back the measurement value of the sensing measurement quantity to Node A or the core network device. Node A or the core network device determines whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition and determines at least one target tag from the first candidate tag. Alternatively, Node B determines whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition and feeds back the judgment result to Node A or the core network device. Node A or the core network device determines at least one target tag from the first candidate tag. If the measurement values of the sensing measurement quantities corresponding to all the first candidate tags do not meet the preset threshold conditions, the subsequent processing may be one of the following: i. Node A or the core network device re-determines the first candidate tag; ii. Switching of sensing nodes; iii. Maintain current sensing; iv. End current sensing;
(6)节点A或核心网设备向目标tag发送切换命令。所述切换命令用于通知目标tag参与第一感知操作。(6) Node A or the core network device sends a switching command to the target tag. The switching command is used to notify the target tag to participate in the first sensing operation.
步骤5:确定目标tag后,网络执行切换操作,具体可采用硬切换和软切换2种方法:Step 5: After determining the target tag, the network performs a handover operation. Specifically, two methods, hard handover and soft handover, can be used:
若采用硬切换方法,源tag结束参与第一感知,并释放感知资源;与此同时或者在此之后,目标tag参与第一感知;If the hard switching method is used, the source tag ends participating in the first sensing and releases sensing resources; at the same time or after this, the target tag participates in the first sensing;
若采用软切换方法,目标tag参与第一感知,在节点B获得感知测量量测量值/感知结 果次数达到预设次数,或者进行第一感知达到预设时间后,源tag结束参与第一感知,并释放感知资源;If the soft handover method is used, the target tag participates in the first sensing, and the sensing measurement value/sensing result is obtained at node B. If the number of times reaches the preset number, or the first sensing reaches the preset time, the source tag ends participating in the first sensing and releases the sensing resources;
可选地,源tag在收到节点A或核心网设备向源tag发送感知结束命令后,再结束参与第一感知并释放感知资源。其中,所述节点A或核心网设备向源tag发送感知结束命令,可以通过tag盘点过程实现:节点A通过ACK消息的RN16以及命令字段,向任意至少1个源tag发送感知结束命令。Optionally, after receiving the sensing end command sent by node A or the core network device to the source tag, the source tag ends participating in the first sensing and releases sensing resources. The node A or core network device sends a sensing end command to the source tag, which can be implemented through the tag inventory process: node A sends a sensing end command to any at least one source tag through the RN16 and command fields of the ACK message.
步骤6:可选地,源tag将至少部分历史感知测量量的测量值和/或历史感知结果、感知目标/区域先验信息发送给节点A、节点B及核心网设备任意至少一者。Step 6: Optionally, the source tag sends at least part of the measurement values of the historical sensing measurement quantities and/or historical sensing results and sensing target/area prior information to at least one of node A, node B, and core network equipment.
示例三,第一感知方式(节点A发送第一信号且节点B接收经Tag反射或散射的第一信号),感知节点与感知tag均切换Example 3, the first sensing mode (node A sends the first signal and node B receives the first signal reflected or scattered by the tag), the sensing node and the sensing tag are both switched
步骤1:网络执行切换测量。Step 1: The network performs handover measurements.
节点A向节点B发送切换测量请求,节点B收到切换测量请求后进行切换测量,并向节点A反馈切换测量报告;Node A sends a handover measurement request to node B. After receiving the handover measurement request, node B performs handover measurement and feeds back a handover measurement report to node A;
或者,核心网设备(例如感知功能网元)向节点B发送切换测量请求,节点B收到切换测量请求后进行切换测量,并向核心网设备反馈切换测量报告;可选地,节点B或核心网设备向节点A发送切换测量报告。Alternatively, the core network device (such as the sensing function network element) sends a handover measurement request to Node B. After receiving the handover measurement request, Node B performs handover measurement and feeds back the handover measurement report to the core network device; optionally, Node B or the core The network device sends a handover measurement report to node A.
在节点B进行切换测量之前,核心网设备或节点A向节点B发送切换测量所必需的切换测量配置信息。或者,所述切换测量配置信息包含在切换测量请求中。Before Node B performs handover measurement, the core network device or Node A sends handover measurement configuration information necessary for handover measurement to Node B. Alternatively, the handover measurement configuration information is included in the handover measurement request.
步骤2:基于切换测量报告,决定是否发起切换。Step 2: Based on the handover measurement report, decide whether to initiate handover.
可选地,节点A向核心网设备上报切换测量报告,由核心网设备决定是否发起切换请求。或者,核心网设备根据从节点B接收到的切换测量报告,决定是否发起切换请求。或者,节点B根据切换测量报告,决定是否发起切换请求。Optionally, node A reports a handover measurement report to the core network device, and the core network device decides whether to initiate a handover request. Alternatively, the core network device decides whether to initiate a handover request based on the handover measurement report received from the node B. Alternatively, Node B decides whether to initiate a handover request based on the handover measurement report.
若不发起切换,后续处理可以是维持或者结束当前第一感知。If handover is not initiated, subsequent processing may be to maintain or end the current first sensing.
若发起切换,且至少一个感知节点与感知tag均进行切换,根据切换节点不同,具体分为以下几种情况之一:If a handover is initiated and at least one sensing node and sensing tag are switched, it will be divided into one of the following situations depending on the switching node:
情况1:仅节点B与感知tag切换。Case 1: Only node B switches with the sensing tag.
节点A或核心网设备向至少一个第二候选节点B发送第一请求信息,并且向至少一个第二候选tag发送第三请求信息。Node A or the core network device sends first request information to at least one second candidate node B, and sends third request information to at least one second candidate tag.
其中,所述节点A或核心网设备向至少一个第二候选tag发送第三请求信息,可以通过tag盘点过程实现:节点A可以通过Select命令,选择第一信号覆盖范围内的至少部分tag进行盘点。节点A通过ACK消息的RN16以及命令字段,向任意至少1个第一候选tag发送第三请求信息。Wherein, the node A or the core network device sends the third request information to at least one second candidate tag, which can be realized through the tag inventory process: the node A can use the Select command to select at least some tags within the coverage of the first signal for inventory. . Node A sends the third request information to any at least one first candidate tag through the RN16 and command fields of the ACK message.
可选地,在步骤2之前,节点A获取第一信号覆盖范围内感知tag的第一信息,所述第一信息用于确定第二候选tag。其中,获取第一信息可以通过tag盘点过程实现:tag通过检查节点A发送的ACK中的RN16,向节点A反馈tag的第一信息。 Optionally, before step 2, node A obtains first information about sensing tags within the coverage of the first signal, and the first information is used to determine the second candidate tag. Among them, obtaining the first information can be realized through the tag inventory process: the tag feeds back the first information of the tag to the node A by checking the RN16 in the ACK sent by the node A.
情况2:仅节点A与感知tag切换。Case 2: Only node A switches with the sensing tag.
源节点A或节点B或核心网设备向至少一个第二候选节点A发送第二请求信息,并且源节点A向至少一个第二候选tag发送第三请求信息。Source node A or node B or the core network device sends second request information to at least one second candidate node A, and source node A sends third request information to at least one second candidate tag.
其中,所述源节点A或核心网设备向至少一个第二候选tag发送第三请求信息,可以通过tag盘点过程实现:源节点A可以通过Select命令,选择第一信号覆盖范围内的至少部分tag进行盘点。源节点A通过ACK消息的RN16以及命令字段,向任意至少1个第一候选tag发送第三请求信息。Wherein, the source node A or the core network device sends the third request information to at least one second candidate tag, which can be implemented through a tag inventory process: the source node A can select at least some tags within the coverage of the first signal through the Select command. Take stock. Source node A sends the third request information to any at least one first candidate tag through the RN16 and command fields of the ACK message.
可选地,在步骤2之前,源节点A获取第一信号覆盖范围内感知tag的第一信息,所述第一信息用于确定第二候选tag。其中,获取第一信息可以通过tag盘点过程实现:tag通过检查源节点A发送的ACK中的RN16,向源节点A反馈tag的第一信息。Optionally, before step 2, source node A obtains first information about sensing tags within the coverage of the first signal, and the first information is used to determine the second candidate tag. Wherein, obtaining the first information can be realized through the tag inventory process: the tag feeds back the first information of the tag to the source node A by checking the RN16 in the ACK sent by the source node A.
情况3:节点A、节点B、感知tag均切换。Case 3: Node A, node B, and sensing tags are all switched.
核心网设备向至少一个第二候选节点B发送第一请求信息,向至少一个第二候选节点A发送第二请求信息,并且向至少一个第二候选tag发送第三请求信息。The core network device sends first request information to at least one second candidate node B, sends second request information to at least one second candidate node A, and sends third request information to at least one second candidate tag.
其中,所述核心网设备向至少一个第二候选tag发送第三请求信息,可以通过tag盘点过程实现:核心网设备指示源节点A通过Select命令,选择第一信号覆盖范围内的至少部分tag进行盘点。源节点A通过ACK消息的RN16以及命令字段,向任意至少1个第一候选tag发送第三请求信息。Wherein, the core network device sends the third request information to at least one second candidate tag, which can be implemented through a tag inventory process: the core network device instructs the source node A to select at least some tags within the coverage of the first signal through the Select command. inventory. Source node A sends the third request information to any at least one first candidate tag through the RN16 and command fields of the ACK message.
可选地,在步骤2之前,源节点A获取第一信号覆盖范围内感知tag的第一信息,所述第一信息用于确定第二候选tag。其中,获取第一信息可以通过tag盘点过程实现:tag通过检查源节点A发送的ACK中的RN16,向源节点A反馈tag的第一信息。Optionally, before step 2, source node A obtains first information about sensing tags within the coverage of the first signal, and the first information is used to determine the second candidate tag. Wherein, obtaining the first information can be realized through the tag inventory process: the tag feeds back the first information of the tag to the source node A by checking the RN16 in the ACK sent by the source node A.
可选地,所述第一请求信息、第二请求信息、第三请求信息任意至少一者可以包括软切换请求。Optionally, at least one of the first request information, the second request information, and the third request information may include a soft handover request.
第二候选节点(A和/或B)的确定同示例一。The determination of the second candidate node (A and/or B) is the same as Example 1.
所述第一信息的内容同示例二。The content of the first information is the same as Example 2.
步骤3,第二候选节点决定是否同意切换,且第二候选tag向节点A(或源节点A)反馈第二信息。Step 3: The second candidate node decides whether to agree to the handover, and the second candidate tag feeds back the second information to node A (or source node A).
其中,所述第二候选节点决定是否同意切换:同示例一步骤3。Wherein, the second candidate node decides whether to agree to the handover: the same as step 3 in Example 1.
其中,所述第二候选tag向节点A(或源节点A)反馈第二信息:同示例二步骤3。Wherein, the second candidate tag feeds back the second information to node A (or source node A): the same as step 3 in Example 2.
步骤4,节点A/核心网设备基于收到的第一应答信息,或者源节点A/节点B/核心网设备基于收到的第二应答信息,或者核心网设备基于收到的第一应答信息、第二应答信息,在第二候选节点中确定至少一个目标节点,作为切换后执行第一感知的感知节点。Step 4: Node A/core network device based on the received first response information, or source node A/node B/core network device based on the received second response information, or core network device based on the received first response information . The second response information determines at least one target node among the second candidate nodes as the sensing node that performs the first sensing after switching.
并且,节点A/源节点A/核心网设备基于收到的第三应答信息,在第二候选tag中确定至少一个目标tag,作为切换后参与第一感知的感知tag。Furthermore, node A/source node A/core network equipment determines at least one target tag among the second candidate tags based on the received third response information as a sensing tag that participates in the first sensing after handover.
从第二候选节点中确定目标节点,并且从第二候选tag中确定目标tag的具体流程如下: The specific process of determining the target node from the second candidate node and determining the target tag from the second candidate tag is as follows:
情况1:仅节点B与感知tag切换。Case 1: Only node B switches with the sensing tag.
(1)节点A或核心网设备基于收到的第一应答信息,从第二候选节点B中确定第一候选节点B;基于收到的第三应答信息,从第二候选tag中确定第一候选tag;(1) Node A or the core network device determines the first candidate node B from the second candidate node B based on the received first response information; determines the first candidate node B from the second candidate tag based on the received third response information. candidate tag;
(2)节点A或核心网设备向第一候选节点B发送第二参数配置信息,向第一候选tag发送第四参数配置信息;(2) Node A or the core network device sends the second parameter configuration information to the first candidate node B, and sends the fourth parameter configuration information to the first candidate tag;
(3)节点A发送第一信号,至少部分第一信号经过至少1个第一候选tag反射,并被至少1个第一候选节点B接收;(3) Node A sends the first signal, and at least part of the first signal is reflected by at least one first candidate tag and received by at least one first candidate node B;
(4)第一候选节点B基于接收到的tag的反射的第一信号,获得感知测量量的测量值。(4) The first candidate node B obtains the measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity based on the first signal reflected by the received tag.
(5)第一候选节点B将感知测量量的测量值反馈给节点A或核心网设备,节点A或核心网设备判断该测量值是否满足预设门限条件,从第一候选节点B中确定目标节点B,并且从第一候选tag中确定目标tag。或者,第一候选节点B自行判断该测量值是否满足预设门限条件,向节点A或核心网设备反馈判决结果,节点A或核心网设备从第一候选节点B中确定目标节点B,并且从第一候选tag中确定目标tag。若所有第一候选节点B反馈的感知测量量测量值均不满足预设门限条件,则后续处理可以是以下其中一项:i.节点A或核心网设备重新确定第一候选节点B和/或第二候选tag;ii.维持当前感知;iii.结束当前感知;(5) The first candidate node B feeds back the measurement value of the sensing measurement quantity to the node A or the core network device. The node A or the core network device determines whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold conditions and determines the target from the first candidate node B. Node B, and determines the target tag from the first candidate tag. Or, the first candidate node B determines by itself whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition, and feeds back the judgment result to the node A or the core network device. The node A or the core network device determines the target node B from the first candidate node B, and from Determine the target tag among the first candidate tags. If all the sensing measurement values fed back by the first candidate node B do not meet the preset threshold conditions, the subsequent processing may be one of the following: i. Node A or the core network device re-determines the first candidate node B and/or The second candidate tag; ii. Maintain the current perception; iii. End the current perception;
(6)节点A或核心网设备向目标节点B、目标tag发送切换命令。(6) Node A or the core network device sends a handover command to the target node B and the target tag.
情况2:仅节点A与感知tag切换。Case 2: Only node A switches with the sensing tag.
(1)源节点A或节点B或核心网设备基于收到的第二应答信息,从第二候选节点A中确定第一候选节点A;源节点A或核心网设备基于收到的第三应答信息,从第二候选tag中确定第一候选tag;(1) The source node A or node B or the core network device determines the first candidate node A from the second candidate node A based on the received second response information; the source node A or the core network device determines the first candidate node A based on the received third response information. Information, determine the first candidate tag from the second candidate tag;
(2)源节点A或节点B或核心网设备向第一候选节点A发送第二参数配置信息;源节点A或核心网设备向第一候选tag发送第四参数配置信息;(2) Source node A or node B or the core network device sends the second parameter configuration information to the first candidate node A; the source node A or the core network device sends the fourth parameter configuration information to the first candidate tag;
(3)第一候选节点A发送第一信号,至少部分第一信号经过至少1个第一候选tag反射,并被节点B接收;(3) The first candidate node A sends the first signal, and at least part of the first signal is reflected by at least one first candidate tag and is received by node B;
(4)节点B基于接收到的tag的反射的第一信号,获得感知测量量的测量值。可选地,节点B将所述测量值发送给源节点A或核心网设备;源节点A或节点B或核心网设备判断该测量值是否满足预设门限条件,从第一候选节点A中确定目标节点A,并且从第一候选tag中确定目标tag。若所有第一候选节点A反馈的感知测量量的测量值均不满足预设门限条件,则后续处理可以是以下其中一项:i.源节点A或节点B或核心网设备重新确定第一候选节点A和/或第一候选tag;ii.维持当前感知;iii.结束当前感知;(4) Node B obtains the measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity based on the first signal reflected by the received tag. Optionally, node B sends the measured value to source node A or core network equipment; source node A, node B, or core network equipment determines whether the measured value meets the preset threshold condition and determines it from the first candidate node A. Target node A, and determine the target tag from the first candidate tag. If the measurement values of the sensing measurement quantities fed back by all first candidate nodes A do not meet the preset threshold conditions, the subsequent processing may be one of the following: i. Source node A or node B or the core network device re-determines the first candidate Node A and/or the first candidate tag; ii. Maintain the current perception; iii. End the current perception;
(5)源节点A或节点B或核心网设备向目标节点A、目标tag发送切换命令。(5) Source node A or node B or the core network device sends a switching command to the target node A and the target tag.
情况3:节点A和节点B、感知tag均切换。Case 3: Node A, node B, and sensing tags are all switched.
(1)核心网设备基于收到的第一应答信息,从第二候选节点B中确定第一候选节点 B;基于收到的第二应答信息,从第二候选节点A中确定第一候选节点A;基于收到的第三应答信息,从第二候选tag中确定第一候选tag;(1) The core network device determines the first candidate node from the second candidate node B based on the received first response information. B; Based on the received second response information, determine the first candidate node A from the second candidate node A; Based on the received third response information, determine the first candidate tag from the second candidate tag;
(2)核心网设备向第一候选节点A、第一候选节点B发送第二参数配置信息;向第一候选tag发送第四参数配置信息;(2) The core network device sends the second parameter configuration information to the first candidate node A and the first candidate node B; sends the fourth parameter configuration information to the first candidate tag;
(3)第一候选节点A发送第一信号,至少部分第一信号经过至少1个第一候选tag反射,并被至少1个第一候选节点B接收;(3) The first candidate node A sends a first signal, and at least part of the first signal is reflected by at least one first candidate tag and is received by at least one first candidate node B;
(4)第一候选节点B基于接收到的tag的反射的第一信号,获得感知测量量的测量值。(4) The first candidate node B obtains the measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity based on the first signal reflected by the received tag.
(5)第一候选节点B将感知测量量的测量值反馈给核心网设备,核心网设备判断该测量值是否满足预设门限条件,从第一候选节点B中确定目标节点B,从第一候选节点A中确定目标节点A,并且从第一候选tag中确定目标tag。或者,第一候选节点B自行判断该测量值是否满足预设门限条件,向节点A或核心网设备反馈判决结果。若所有第一候选节点B的感知测量量的测量值均不满足预设门限条件,则后续处理可以是以下其中一项:i.核心网设备重新确定第一候选节点A、第一候选节点B、第一候选tag任意至少一者;ii.维持当前感知;iii.结束当前感知;(5) The first candidate node B feeds back the measurement value of the sensing measurement quantity to the core network equipment. The core network equipment determines whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition, determines the target node B from the first candidate node B, and determines the target node B from the first candidate node B. The target node A is determined from the candidate nodes A, and the target tag is determined from the first candidate tag. Alternatively, the first candidate node B determines whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition by itself, and feeds back the determination result to node A or the core network device. If the measurement values of the sensing measurement quantities of all first candidate nodes B do not meet the preset threshold conditions, the subsequent processing may be one of the following: i. The core network device re-determines the first candidate node A and the first candidate node B , at least one of the first candidate tags; ii. Maintain the current perception; iii. End the current perception;
(6)核心网设备向目标节点A、目标节点B、目标tag发送切换命令。(6) The core network device sends a handover command to target node A, target node B, and target tag.
步骤5:确定目标节点(A和/或B)、目标tag后,网络执行切换操作,具体可采用硬切换和软切换2种方法:Step 5: After determining the target node (A and/or B) and target tag, the network performs a handover operation. Specifically, two methods, hard handover and soft handover, can be used:
情况1:仅节点B与感知tag切换。Case 1: Only node B switches with the sensing tag.
若采用硬切换方法,源节点B结束第一感知,并释放感知资源,并且源tag结束参与第一感知,并释放感知资源;与此同时或者在此之后,目标节点B进行第一感知,并且目标tag参与第一感知;If the hard handover method is used, the source node B ends the first sensing and releases the sensing resources, and the source tag ends participating in the first sensing and releases the sensing resources; at the same time or after this, the target node B performs the first sensing, and The target tag participates in the first perception;
若采用软切换方法,目标节点B进行第一感知,并且目标tag参与第一感知,在获得感知测量量测量值/感知结果次数达到预设次数,或者进行第一感知达到预设时间后,源节点B结束第一感知,并释放感知资源,并且源tag结束参与第一感知,并释放感知资源;If the soft handover method is used, the target node B performs the first sensing, and the target tag participates in the first sensing. After the number of sensing measurement values/sensing results obtained reaches the preset number, or the first sensing reaches the preset time, the source Node B ends the first sensing and releases sensing resources, and the source tag ends participating in the first sensing and releases sensing resources;
可选地,源节点B和/或源tag在收到节点A或核心网设备发送的感知结束命令后,再结束第一感知并释放感知资源。Optionally, source node B and/or source tag end the first sensing and release sensing resources after receiving the sensing end command sent by node A or the core network device.
情况2:仅节点A切换与感知tag切换。Case 2: Only node A switches and senses tag switching.
若采用硬切换方法,源节点A结束第一感知,并释放感知资源,并且源tag结束参与第一感知,并释放感知资源;与此同时或者在此之后,目标节点A进行第一感知,并且目标tag参与第一感知;If the hard handover method is used, the source node A ends the first sensing and releases the sensing resources, and the source tag ends participating in the first sensing and releases the sensing resources; at the same time or after this, the target node A performs the first sensing, and The target tag participates in the first perception;
若采用软切换方法,目标节点A进行第一感知,并且目标tag参与第一感知,在获得感知测量量测量值/感知结果次数达到预设次数,或者进行第一感知达到预设时间后,源节点A结束第一感知,并释放感知资源,并且源tag结束参与第一感知,并释放感知资源;If the soft handover method is used, the target node A performs the first sensing, and the target tag participates in the first sensing. After the number of sensing measurement values/sensing results obtained reaches the preset number, or the first sensing reaches the preset time, the source Node A ends the first sensing and releases sensing resources, and the source tag ends participating in the first sensing and releases sensing resources;
可选地,源节点A和/或源tag在收到节点B或核心网设备发送的感知结束命令后, 再结束第一感知并释放感知资源。Optionally, after source node A and/or source tag receive the sensing end command sent by node B or the core network device, Then end the first perception and release the perception resources.
情况3:节点A和节点B均切换。Case 3: Both node A and node B switch.
若采用硬切换方法,源节点A、源节点B结束第一感知,并释放感知资源,并且源tag结束参与第一感知,并释放感知资源;与此同时或者在此之后,目标节点A、目标节点B进行第一感知,并且目标tag参与第一感知;If the hard handover method is used, source node A and source node B end the first sensing and release sensing resources, and the source tag ends participating in the first sensing and releases sensing resources; at the same time or after this, target node A and target Node B performs the first perception, and the target tag participates in the first perception;
若采用软切换方法,目标节点A、目标节点B进行第一感知,并且目标tag参与第一感知,在获得感知测量量测量值/感知结果次数达到预设次数,或者进行第一感知达到预设时间后,源节点A、源节点B结束第一感知,并释放感知资源,并且源tag结束参与第一感知,并释放感知资源;If the soft handover method is used, target node A and target node B perform the first sensing, and the target tag participates in the first sensing. The number of sensing measurement values/sensing results reached the preset number, or the first sensing reaches the preset number. After time, source node A and source node B end the first sensing and release the sensing resources, and the source tag ends participating in the first sensing and releases the sensing resources;
可选地,源节点A、源节点B、源tag至少一者在收到核心网设备发送的感知结束命令后,再结束第一感知并释放感知资源。Optionally, at least one of source node A, source node B, and source tag ends the first sensing and releases sensing resources after receiving a sensing end command sent by the core network device.
其中,所述节点A(或源节点A)、节点B、核心网设备任意一者向源tag发送感知结束命令,可以通过tag盘点过程实现:前者通过ACK消息的RN16以及命令字段,向任意至少1个源tag发送感知结束命令。Among them, any one of the node A (or source node A), node B, and core network equipment sends a sensing end command to the source tag, which can be realized through the tag inventory process: the former uses the RN16 and command fields of the ACK message to any at least 1 source tag sends the sensing end command.
步骤6:可选地,源节点和/或核心网设备和/或源tag将至少部分历史感知测量量测量值和/或历史感知结果、感知目标/区域先验信息发送给目标节点、节点A、节点B及核心网设备任意至少一者。Step 6: Optionally, the source node and/or core network equipment and/or source tag send at least part of the historical sensing measurement values and/or historical sensing results, sensing target/area prior information to the target node, node A , at least one of node B and core network equipment.
示例四,第二感知方式(节点A发送第一信号且节点A接收经Tag反射或散射的第一信号),仅感知节点切换Example 4, second sensing mode (node A sends the first signal and node A receives the first signal reflected or scattered by the Tag), only sensing node switching
步骤1:网络执行切换测量。Step 1: The network performs handover measurements.
核心网设备(例如感知功能网元)向源节点A(例如基站或UE)发送切换测量请求,源节点A收到切换测量请求后进行切换测量,并向核心网设备反馈切换测量报告;The core network device (such as the sensing function network element) sends a handover measurement request to the source node A (such as the base station or UE). After receiving the handover measurement request, the source node A performs the handover measurement and feeds back the handover measurement report to the core network device;
或者,源节点A主动进行切换测量,获取切换测量报告。可选地,源节点A向核心网设备发送切换测量报告;Alternatively, source node A actively performs handover measurement and obtains a handover measurement report. Optionally, source node A sends a handover measurement report to the core network device;
可选地,在源节点A进行切换测量之前,核心网设备向源节点A发送切换测量所必需的切换测量配置信息。或者,所述切换测量配置信息包含在切换测量请求中。Optionally, before source node A performs handover measurement, the core network device sends handover measurement configuration information necessary for handover measurement to source node A. Alternatively, the handover measurement configuration information is included in the handover measurement request.
所述切换测量配置信息同示例一。The handover measurement configuration information is the same as Example 1.
所述步骤1的触发事件同示例一。The trigger event of step 1 is the same as Example 1.
步骤2:基于切换测量报告,决定是否发起切换。Step 2: Based on the handover measurement report, decide whether to initiate handover.
可选地,节点A向核心网设备上报切换测量报告,由核心网设备决定是否发起切换请求。Optionally, node A reports a handover measurement report to the core network device, and the core network device decides whether to initiate a handover request.
若不发起切换,后续处理可以是维持或者结束当前第一感知。If handover is not initiated, subsequent processing may be to maintain or end the current first sensing.
若发起切换,则进行以下操作:If switching is initiated, perform the following operations:
源节点A或核心网设备向至少一个第二候选节点A发送第四请求信息,所述第四请求信息为请求第四请求信息接收方作为切换后的感知节点,发送第一信号,并接收经tag 反射/散射的第一信号。The source node A or the core network device sends fourth request information to at least one second candidate node A, where the fourth request information requests the recipient of the fourth request information to serve as the sensing node after switching, send the first signal, and receive the tag Reflected/scattered first signal.
可选地,所述第四请求信息可以包括软切换请求。Optionally, the fourth request information may include a soft handover request.
第二候选节点A的确定同示例一。The determination of the second candidate node A is the same as Example 1.
步骤3:第二候选节点决定是否同意切换:Step 3: The second candidate node decides whether to agree to the switch:
同意,第二候选节点A向第四请求信息发送方发送第四应答信息,所述第四应答信息为指示第四请求信息发送方,第四应答信息发送方同意切换,切换后发送第一信号,并接收经tag反射/散射的第一信号。Agree, the second candidate node A sends the fourth response information to the fourth request information sender. The fourth response information is to indicate the fourth request information sender. The fourth response information sender agrees to switch and sends the first signal after the switch. , and receive the first signal reflected/scattered by the tag.
可选地,第二候选节点A在第一应答信息中反馈建议的第一参数配置信息。Optionally, the second candidate node A feeds back the suggested first parameter configuration information in the first response information.
若第四请求信息中包括软切换请求,且第二候选节点同意并支持软切换,可选地,第一参数配置信息包括软切换参数配置信息。If the fourth request information includes a soft handover request, and the second candidate node agrees and supports soft handover, optionally, the first parameter configuration information includes soft handover parameter configuration information.
不同意,则可选地,第二候选节点A向第四请求信息发送方发送第四拒绝信息,所述第四拒绝信息为指示第四请求信息发送方,第四拒绝信息发送方不进行感知。If not agreed, then optionally, the second candidate node A sends fourth rejection information to the fourth request information sender, where the fourth rejection information indicates the fourth request information sender, and the fourth rejection information sender does not sense .
若所有第二候选节点A均不同意切换,后续处理可以是以下其中一项:i.源节点A或核心网设备重新确定第二候选节点A;ii.维持当前感知;iii.结束当前感知;If all the second candidate nodes A do not agree to the handover, the subsequent processing can be one of the following: i. The source node A or the core network device re-determines the second candidate node A; ii. Maintain the current perception; iii. End the current perception;
步骤4:源节点A/核心网设备基于收到的第四应答信息,在第二候选节点中确定至少一个目标节点,作为切换后执行第一感知的感知节点。Step 4: Based on the received fourth response information, the source node A/core network device determines at least one target node among the second candidate nodes as the sensing node that performs the first sensing after handover.
从第二候选节点A中确定目标节点A的具体流程如下:The specific process of determining the target node A from the second candidate node A is as follows:
(1)源节点A或核心网设备基于收到的第四应答信息,从第二候选节点A中确定第一候选节点A。其中第一候选节点A为第二候选节点A中同意切换的节点A;(1) The source node A or the core network device determines the first candidate node A from the second candidate node A based on the received fourth response information. The first candidate node A is the node A among the second candidate nodes A that agrees to switch;
(2)源节点A或核心网设备向第一候选节点A发送第二参数配置信息。可选地,第二参数配置信息包括软切换参数配置信息;(2) The source node A or the core network device sends the second parameter configuration information to the first candidate node A. Optionally, the second parameter configuration information includes soft handover parameter configuration information;
(3)第一候选节点A发送第一信号,至少部分第一信号经过至少1个感知tag反射,并被第一候选节点A接收;(3) The first candidate node A sends the first signal, and at least part of the first signal is reflected by at least one sensing tag and is received by the first candidate node A;
(4)第一候选节点A基于接收到的tag的反射的第一信号,获得感知测量量的测量值。(4) The first candidate node A obtains the measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity based on the first signal reflected by the received tag.
(5)第一候选节点A将感知测量量的测量值反馈给源节点A或核心网设备,源节点A或核心网设备判断该测量值是否满足预设门限条件,从第一候选节点A中确定目标节点A。或者,第一候选节点A自行判断该测量值是否满足预设门限条件,向源节点A或核心网设备反馈判决结果,源节点A或核心网设备从第一候选节点A中确定目标节点A。若所有第一候选节点A的感知测量量的测量值均不满足预设门限条件,则后续处理可以是以下其中一项:i.源节点A或核心网设备重新确定第一候选节点A;ii.维持当前感知;iii.结束当前感知;(5) The first candidate node A feeds back the measurement value of the sensing measurement quantity to the source node A or the core network device. The source node A or the core network device determines whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition, and obtains the value from the first candidate node A. Determine target node A. Alternatively, the first candidate node A determines by itself whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition, and feeds back the judgment result to the source node A or the core network device. The source node A or the core network device determines the target node A from the first candidate node A. If the measurement values of the sensing measurement quantities of all first candidate nodes A do not meet the preset threshold conditions, the subsequent processing may be one of the following: i. The source node A or the core network device re-determines the first candidate node A; ii. .Maintain the current perception; iii.End the current perception;
(6)源节点A或核心网设备向目标节点A发送切换命令。所述切换命令用于通知目标感知节点执行第一感知操作。(6) Source node A or core network equipment sends a handover command to target node A. The switching command is used to notify the target sensing node to perform a first sensing operation.
步骤5:确定目标节点A后,网络执行切换操作,具体可采用硬切换和软切换2种方 法:Step 5: After determining the target node A, the network performs a handover operation. Specifically, two methods, hard handover and soft handover, can be used. Law:
若采用硬切换方法,源节点A结束第一感知,并释放感知资源;与此同时或者在此之后,目标节点A进行第一感知;If the hard handover method is used, the source node A ends the first sensing and releases the sensing resources; at the same time or after this, the target node A performs the first sensing;
若采用软切换方法,目标节点A进行第一感知,在获得感知测量量测量值/感知结果次数达到预设次数,或者进行第一感知达到预设时间后,源节点A结束第一感知,并释放感知资源;If the soft handover method is used, the target node A performs the first sensing. After the number of sensing measurement values/sensing results obtained reaches the preset number of times, or the first sensing reaches the preset time, the source node A ends the first sensing, and Release sensing resources;
可选地,源节点A在收到核心网设备发送的感知结束命令后,再结束第一感知并释放感知资源。Optionally, after receiving the sensing end command sent by the core network device, source node A ends the first sensing and releases sensing resources.
步骤6:可选地,源节点和/或核心网设备和/或感知tag将至少部分历史感知测量量测量值和/或历史感知结果、感知目标/区域先验信息发送给目标节点。Step 6: Optionally, the source node and/or core network equipment and/or sensing tag send at least part of the historical sensing measurement values and/or historical sensing results, and sensing target/area prior information to the target node.
示例五,第二感知方式(节点A发送第一信号且节点A接收经Tag反射或散射的第一信号),仅感知tag切换Example 5, second sensing mode (node A sends the first signal and node A receives the first signal reflected or scattered by the tag), only sensing tag switching
步骤1:网络执行切换测量。Step 1: The network performs handover measurements.
核心网设备(例如感知功能网元)向源节点A(例如基站或UE)发送切换测量请求,源节点A收到切换测量请求后进行切换测量,并向核心网设备反馈切换测量报告;The core network device (such as the sensing function network element) sends a handover measurement request to the source node A (such as the base station or UE). After receiving the handover measurement request, the source node A performs the handover measurement and feeds back the handover measurement report to the core network device;
或者,源节点A主动进行切换测量,获取切换测量报告。可选地,源节点A向核心网设备发送切换测量报告;Alternatively, source node A actively performs handover measurement and obtains a handover measurement report. Optionally, source node A sends a handover measurement report to the core network device;
可选地,在源节点A进行切换测量之前,核心网设备向源节点A发送切换测量所必需的切换测量配置信息。或者,所述切换测量配置信息包含在切换测量请求中。Optionally, before source node A performs handover measurement, the core network device sends handover measurement configuration information necessary for handover measurement to source node A. Alternatively, the handover measurement configuration information is included in the handover measurement request.
所述切换测量配置信息同示例一。The handover measurement configuration information is the same as Example 1.
所述步骤1的触发事件同示例一。The trigger event of step 1 is the same as Example 1.
步骤2:基于切换测量报告,决定是否发起切换。Step 2: Based on the handover measurement report, decide whether to initiate handover.
可选地,节点A向核心网设备上报切换测量报告,由核心网设备决定是否发起切换请求。Optionally, node A reports a handover measurement report to the core network device, and the core network device decides whether to initiate a handover request.
若不发起切换,后续处理可以是维持或者结束当前第一感知。If handover is not initiated, subsequent processing may be to maintain or end the current first sensing.
若发起切换,且仅对感知tag进行切换:If switching is initiated, and only the sensing tag is switched:
节点A或核心网设备向至少一个第二候选tag发送第三请求信息。可选地,所述第三请求信息可以包括软切换请求。Node A or the core network device sends third request information to at least one second candidate tag. Optionally, the third request information may include a soft handover request.
其中,所述节点A或核心网设备向至少一个第二候选tag发送第三请求信息,可以通过tag盘点过程实现:节点A可以通过Select命令,选择第一信号覆盖范围内的至少部分tag进行盘点。节点A通过ACK消息的RN16以及命令字段,向任意至少1个第二候选tag发送第三请求信息。Wherein, the node A or the core network device sends the third request information to at least one second candidate tag, which can be realized through the tag inventory process: the node A can use the Select command to select at least some tags within the coverage of the first signal for inventory. . Node A sends the third request information to any at least one second candidate tag through the RN16 and command fields of the ACK message.
可选地,在步骤2之前,节点A获取第一信号覆盖范围内感知tag的第一信息,所述第一信息用于确定第二候选tag。其中,获取第一信息可以通过tag盘点过程实现:tag通过检查节点A发送的ACK中的RN16,向节点A反馈tag的第一信息。 Optionally, before step 2, node A obtains first information about sensing tags within the coverage of the first signal, and the first information is used to determine the second candidate tag. Among them, obtaining the first information can be realized through the tag inventory process: the tag feeds back the first information of the tag to the node A by checking the RN16 in the ACK sent by the node A.
所述第一信息同示例二。The first information is the same as Example 2.
步骤3:第二候选tag向节点A反馈第二信息,同示例二的步骤3。Step 3: The second candidate tag feeds back the second information to node A, the same as step 3 in Example 2.
步骤4:节点A/核心网设备基于收到的第三应答信息,在第二候选tag中确定至少一个目标tag,作为切换后参与第一感知的感知tag。Step 4: Node A/core network equipment determines at least one target tag among the second candidate tags based on the received third response information as a sensing tag that participates in the first sensing after handover.
从第二候选tag中确定目标tag的具体流程如下:The specific process of determining the target tag from the second candidate tag is as follows:
(1)节点A或核心网设备基于收到的第三应答信息,从第二候选tag中确定第一候选tag。其中第一候选tag为第二候选tag中同意切换或者具备切换条件的感知tag;(1) Node A or the core network device determines the first candidate tag from the second candidate tag based on the received third response information. The first candidate tag is the sensing tag among the second candidate tags that agrees to switch or has switching conditions;
(2)节点A或核心网设备向第一候选tag发送第五参数配置信息。所述第五参数配置信息,用于第一候选tag参与第一感知的感知参数配置。可选地,第五参数配置信息包括软切换参数配置信息;(2) Node A or the core network device sends the fifth parameter configuration information to the first candidate tag. The fifth parameter configuration information is used to configure the sensing parameters for the first candidate tag to participate in the first sensing. Optionally, the fifth parameter configuration information includes soft handover parameter configuration information;
(3)节点A发送第一信号,至少部分第一信号经过至少1个第一候选tag反射,并被节点A接收;(3) Node A sends the first signal, and at least part of the first signal is reflected by at least one first candidate tag and is received by node A;
(4)节点A基于接收到的第一候选tag反射的第一信号,获得感知测量量的测量值。(4) Node A obtains the measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity based on the first signal reflected by the received first candidate tag.
(5)节点A判断该测量值是否满足预设门限条件,从第一候选tag中确定至少1个目标tag。或者,节点A将感知测量量的测量值反馈给核心网设备,核心网设备判断该测量值是否满足预设门限条件,从第一候选tag中确定至少1个目标tag。或者,节点A判断该测量值是否满足预设门限条件,向核心网设备反馈判决结果,核心网设备从第一候选tag中确定至少1个目标tag。若所有第一候选tag对应的感知测量量的测量值均不满足预设门限条件,则后续处理可以是以下其中一项:i.节点A或核心网设备重新确定第一候选tag;ii.进行感知节点切换;iii.维持当前感知;iv.结束当前感知;(5) Node A determines whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition and determines at least one target tag from the first candidate tag. Alternatively, node A feeds back the measurement value of the sensing measurement quantity to the core network device, and the core network device determines whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition, and determines at least one target tag from the first candidate tag. Alternatively, node A determines whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition and feeds back the judgment result to the core network device. The core network device determines at least one target tag from the first candidate tag. If the measurement values of the sensing measurement quantities corresponding to all the first candidate tags do not meet the preset threshold conditions, the subsequent processing may be one of the following: i. Node A or the core network device re-determines the first candidate tag; ii. Switching of sensing nodes; iii. Maintain current sensing; iv. End current sensing;
(6)节点A或核心网设备向目标tag发送切换命令。所述切换命令用于通知目标tag参与第一感知操作。(6) Node A or the core network device sends a switching command to the target tag. The switching command is used to notify the target tag to participate in the first sensing operation.
步骤5:确定目标tag后,网络执行切换操作,具体可采用硬切换和软切换2种方法:Step 5: After determining the target tag, the network performs a handover operation. Specifically, two methods, hard handover and soft handover, can be used:
若采用硬切换方法,源tag结束参与第一感知,并释放感知资源;与此同时或者在此之后,目标tag参与第一感知;If the hard switching method is used, the source tag ends participating in the first sensing and releases sensing resources; at the same time or after this, the target tag participates in the first sensing;
若采用软切换方法,目标tag参与第一感知,在节点A获得感知测量量测量值/感知结果次数达到预设次数,或者进行第一感知达到预设时间后,源tag结束参与第一感知,并释放感知资源;If the soft handover method is used, the target tag participates in the first sensing. After node A obtains the sensing measurement value/sensing result for a preset number of times, or performs the first sensing for a preset time, the source tag ends participating in the first sensing. and release sensing resources;
可选地,源tag在收到节点A或核心网设备向源tag发送感知结束命令后,再结束参与第一感知并释放感知资源。其中,所述节点A或核心网设备向源tag发送感知结束命令,可以通过tag盘点过程实现:节点A通过ACK消息的RN16以及命令字段,向任意至少1个源tag发送感知结束命令。Optionally, after receiving the sensing end command sent by node A or the core network device to the source tag, the source tag ends participating in the first sensing and releases sensing resources. The node A or core network device sends a sensing end command to the source tag, which can be implemented through the tag inventory process: node A sends a sensing end command to any at least one source tag through the RN16 and command fields of the ACK message.
步骤6:可选地,源tag将至少部分历史感知测量量测量值和/或历史感知结果、感知目标/区域先验信息发送给节点A和/或核心网设备。Step 6: Optionally, the source tag sends at least part of the historical sensing measurement values and/or historical sensing results, and sensing target/area prior information to node A and/or core network equipment.
示例六,第二感知方式(节点A发送第一信号且节点A接收经Tag反射或散射的第 一信号),感知节点与感知tag均切换Example 6, second sensing mode (Node A sends the first signal and Node A receives the third signal reflected or scattered by the Tag (one signal), both the sensing node and sensing tag are switched
步骤1:网络执行切换测量。Step 1: The network performs handover measurements.
核心网设备(例如感知功能网元)向源节点A(例如基站或UE)发送切换测量请求,源节点A收到切换测量请求后进行切换测量,并向核心网设备反馈切换测量报告;The core network device (such as the sensing function network element) sends a handover measurement request to the source node A (such as the base station or UE). After receiving the handover measurement request, the source node A performs the handover measurement and feeds back the handover measurement report to the core network device;
或者,源节点A主动进行切换测量,获取切换测量报告。可选地,源节点A向核心网设备发送切换测量报告;Alternatively, source node A actively performs handover measurement and obtains a handover measurement report. Optionally, source node A sends a handover measurement report to the core network device;
可选地,在源节点A进行切换测量之前,核心网设备向源节点A发送切换测量所必需的切换测量配置信息。或者,所述切换测量配置信息包含在切换测量请求中。Optionally, before source node A performs handover measurement, the core network device sends handover measurement configuration information necessary for handover measurement to source node A. Alternatively, the handover measurement configuration information is included in the handover measurement request.
所述切换测量配置信息同示例一。The handover measurement configuration information is the same as Example 1.
所述步骤1的触发事件同示例一。The trigger event of step 1 is the same as Example 1.
步骤2:基于切换测量报告,决定是否发起切换。Step 2: Based on the handover measurement report, decide whether to initiate handover.
可选地,节点A向核心网设备上报切换测量报告,由核心网设备决定是否发起切换请求。Optionally, node A reports a handover measurement report to the core network device, and the core network device decides whether to initiate a handover request.
若不发起切换,后续处理可以是维持或者结束当前第一感知。If handover is not initiated, subsequent processing may be to maintain or end the current first sensing.
若发起切换,则进行以下操作:If switching is initiated, perform the following operations:
源节点A或核心网设备向至少一个第二候选节点A发送第四请求信息,并且向至少一个第二候选tag发送第三请求信息。The source node A or the core network device sends fourth request information to at least one second candidate node A, and sends third request information to at least one second candidate tag.
其中,所述源节点A或核心网设备向至少一个第二候选tag发送第三请求信息,可以通过tag盘点过程实现:源节点A可以通过Select命令,选择第一信号覆盖范围内的至少部分tag进行盘点。源节点A通过ACK消息的RN16以及命令字段,向任意至少1个第二候选tag发送第三请求信息。Wherein, the source node A or the core network device sends the third request information to at least one second candidate tag, which can be implemented through a tag inventory process: the source node A can select at least some tags within the coverage of the first signal through the Select command. Take stock. Source node A sends the third request information to any at least one second candidate tag through the RN16 and command fields of the ACK message.
可选地,在步骤2之前,源节点A获取第一信号覆盖范围内感知tag的第一信息,所述第一信息用于确定第一候选tag。其中,获取第一信息可以通过tag盘点过程实现:tag通过检查源节点A发送的ACK中的RN16,向源节点A反馈tag的第一信息。Optionally, before step 2, source node A obtains first information about sensing tags within the coverage of the first signal, and the first information is used to determine the first candidate tag. Wherein, obtaining the first information can be realized through the tag inventory process: the tag feeds back the first information of the tag to the source node A by checking the RN16 in the ACK sent by the source node A.
可选地,所述第三请求信息和/或第四请求信息可以包括软切换请求。Optionally, the third request information and/or the fourth request information may include a soft handover request.
第一候选节点A的确定同示例一。The determination of the first candidate node A is the same as Example 1.
所述第一信息同示例二。The first information is the same as Example 2.
步骤3:第二候选节点A决定是否同意切换,且第二候选tag向源节点A反馈第二信息。Step 3: The second candidate node A decides whether to agree to the handover, and the second candidate tag feeds back the second information to the source node A.
其中,所述第二候选节点A决定是否同意切换:同示例四步骤3。The second candidate node A decides whether to agree to the handover: the same as step 3 in Example 4.
其中,所述第二候选tag向源节点A反馈第二信息:同示例二步骤3。Wherein, the second candidate tag feeds back the second information to the source node A: the same as step 3 in Example 2.
步骤4:源节点A/核心网设备基于收到的第四应答信息,在第二候选节点中确定至少一个目标节点,作为切换后执行第一感知的感知节点。Step 4: Based on the received fourth response information, the source node A/core network device determines at least one target node among the second candidate nodes as the sensing node that performs the first sensing after handover.
并且,源节点A/核心网设备基于收到的第三应答信息,在第二候选tag中确定至少一个目标tag,作为切换后参与第一感知的感知tag。 Furthermore, the source node A/core network device determines at least one target tag among the second candidate tags based on the received third response information as a sensing tag that participates in the first sensing after the handover.
从第二候选节点A中确定目标节点A,并且从第二候选tag中确定目标tag的具体流程如下:The specific process of determining the target node A from the second candidate node A and determining the target tag from the second candidate tag is as follows:
(1)源节点A或核心网设备基于收到的第四应答信息,从第二候选节点A中确定第一候选节点A;基于收到的第三应答信息,从第二候选tag中确定第一候选tag;(1) The source node A or the core network device determines the first candidate node A from the second candidate node A based on the received fourth response information; determines the first candidate node A from the second candidate tag based on the received third response information. a candidate tag;
(2)源节点A或核心网设备向第一候选节点A发送第二参数配置信息;向第一候选tag发送第五参数配置信息;(2) Source node A or the core network device sends the second parameter configuration information to the first candidate node A; sends the fifth parameter configuration information to the first candidate tag;
(3)第一候选节点A发送第一信号,至少部分第一信号经过至少1个第一候选tag反射,并被第一候选节点A接收;(3) The first candidate node A sends the first signal, and at least part of the first signal is reflected by at least one first candidate tag and is received by the first candidate node A;
(4)第一候选节点A基于接收到的tag的反射的第一信号,获得感知测量量的测量值。(4) The first candidate node A obtains the measurement value of the perceptual measurement quantity based on the first signal reflected by the received tag.
(5)第一候选节点A将感知测量量的测量值反馈给源节点A或核心网设备,源节点A或核心网设备判断该测量值是否满足预设门限条件,从第一候选节点A中确定目标节点A。或者,第一候选节点A自行判断该测量值是否满足预设门限条件,向源节点A或核心网设备反馈判决结果,源节点A或核心网设备从第一候选节点A中确定目标节点A。若所有第一候选节点A的感知测量量的测量值均不满足预设门限条件,则后续处理可以是以下其中一项:i.源节点A或核心网设备重新确定第一候选节点A和/或第二候选tag;ii.维持当前感知;iii.结束当前感知;(5) The first candidate node A feeds back the measurement value of the sensing measurement quantity to the source node A or the core network device. The source node A or the core network device determines whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition, and obtains the value from the first candidate node A. Determine target node A. Alternatively, the first candidate node A determines by itself whether the measurement value meets the preset threshold condition, and feeds back the judgment result to the source node A or the core network device. The source node A or the core network device determines the target node A from the first candidate node A. If the measurement values of the sensing measurement quantities of all first candidate nodes A do not meet the preset threshold conditions, the subsequent processing may be one of the following: i. The source node A or the core network device re-determines the first candidate node A and/or or the second candidate tag; ii. Maintain the current perception; iii. End the current perception;
(6)源节点A或核心网设备向目标节点A、目标tag发送切换命令。(6) Source node A or core network equipment sends a handover command to target node A and target tag.
步骤5:确定目标节点A、目标tag后,网络执行切换操作,具体可采用硬切换和软切换2种方法:Step 5: After determining the target node A and the target tag, the network performs a handover operation. Specifically, two methods, hard handover and soft handover, can be used:
若采用硬切换方法,源节点A结束第一感知,并释放感知资源,并且源tag结束参与第一感知,并释放感知资源;与此同时或者在此之后,目标节点A、进行第一感知,并且目标tag参与第一感知;If the hard handover method is used, the source node A ends the first sensing and releases the sensing resources, and the source tag ends participating in the first sensing and releases the sensing resources; at the same time or after this, the target node A performs the first sensing, And the target tag participates in the first perception;
若采用软切换方法,目标节点A进行第一感知,目标tag参与第一感知,并且在获得感知测量量测量值/感知结果次数达到预设次数,或者进行第一感知达到预设时间后,源节点A结束第一感知,并释放感知资源,并且源tag结束参与第一感知,并释放感知资源;If the soft handover method is used, the target node A performs the first sensing, the target tag participates in the first sensing, and after the number of sensing measurement values/sensing results obtained reaches the preset number, or the first sensing reaches the preset time, the source Node A ends the first sensing and releases sensing resources, and the source tag ends participating in the first sensing and releases sensing resources;
可选地,源节点A和/或源tag在接收到核心网设备发送的感知结束命令后,再结束第一感知并释放感知资源。Optionally, source node A and/or source tag end the first sensing and release sensing resources after receiving the sensing end command sent by the core network device.
步骤6:可选地,源节点A和/或核心网设备和/或源tag将至少部分历史感知测量量测量值和/或历史感知结果、感知目标/区域先验信息发送给目标节点A、目标tag及核心网设备任意至少一者。Step 6: Optionally, source node A and/or core network equipment and/or source tag send at least part of the historical sensing measurement values and/or historical sensing results, sensing target/area prior information to target node A, At least one of the target tag and core network equipment.
综上,在本申请实施例中,第一设备根据至少一个第一候选节点和/或至少一个第一候选反向散射设备基于参数配置信息参与的第一感知的感知测量量的测量值,选择待切换的至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备,并向至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备发送切换命令,从而实现感知节点和/或感知反向散射设备的切换。 To sum up, in the embodiment of the present application, the first device selects based on the measurement value of the first sensing measurement quantity of the at least one first candidate node and/or the at least one first candidate backscatter device based on the parameter configuration information. At least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device to be switched, and sending a switching command to the at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device, thereby realizing the sensing node and/or the sensing backscattering device switch.
本申请实施例提供的切换处理方法,执行主体可以为切换处理装置。本申请实施例中以切换处理装置执行切换处理方法为例,说明本申请实施例提供的切换处理装置。For the handover processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the execution subject may be a handover processing device. In the embodiment of the present application, the switching processing device executing the handover processing method is taken as an example to illustrate the switching processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
如图5所示,本申请实施例还提供一种切换处理装置500,包括:As shown in Figure 5, this embodiment of the present application also provides a switching processing device 500, which includes:
第一发送模块501,用于向至少一个第二候选节点和/或至少一个第二候选反向散射设备发送切换请求信息,所述切换请求信息用于请求所述第二候选节点作为第一感知切换后的感知节点,和/或,用于请求所述第二候选反向散射设备作为第一感知切换后的感知反向散射设备;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;The first sending module 501 is configured to send switching request information to at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, where the switching request information is used to request the second candidate node to serve as the first sensing device. The sensing node after switching, and/or, is used to request the second candidate backscattering device as the sensing backscattering device after the first sensing switch; the first sensing is the sensing in which the backscattering device participates;
第一接收模块502,用于接收至少一个第二候选节点和/或至少一个第二候选反向散射设备发送的切换应答信息,所述切换应答信息用于指示对应的第二候选节点和/或第二候选反向散射设备同意作为切换后的感知节点和/或感知反向散射设备;The first receiving module 502 is configured to receive switching response information sent by at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, where the switching response information is used to indicate the corresponding second candidate node and/or The second candidate backscatter device agrees to serve as a post-switch sensing node and/or sensing backscatter device;
第一确定模块503,用于根据所述切换应答信息,从同意切换的候选节点和/或候选反向散射设备中确定至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备;The first determination module 503 is configured to determine at least one target node and/or at least one target backscatter device from the candidate nodes and/or candidate backscatter devices that agree to switch, according to the handover response information;
第二发送模块504,用于向至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备发送切换命令,所述切换命令用于通知目标节点执行所述第一感知,和/或通知目标反向散射设备参与所述第一感知。The second sending module 504 is configured to send a switching command to at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device, where the switching command is used to notify the target node to perform the first sensing, and/or to notify the target backscattering device. Scattering devices participate in said first perception.
作为一个可选实施例,所述第一确定模块包括:As an optional embodiment, the first determination module includes:
第一子模块,用于根据所述切换应答信息,向至少一个第一候选节点和/或至少一个第一候选反向散射设备发送参数配置信息;所述参数配置信息用于配置所述第一候选节点执行第一感知的感知参数和/或用于配置所述第一候选反向散射设备参与第一感知的感知参数;The first sub-module is configured to send parameter configuration information to at least one first candidate node and/or at least one first candidate backscatter device according to the handover response information; the parameter configuration information is used to configure the first Sensing parameters for the candidate node to perform the first sensing and/or sensing parameters for configuring the first candidate backscattering device to participate in the first sensing;
第二子模块,用于获取所述至少一个第一候选节点和/或至少一个第一候选反向散射设备基于所述参数配置信息参与的第一感知的感知测量量的测量值;The second sub-module is used to obtain the measurement value of the first sensing sensing measurement quantity in which the at least one first candidate node and/or the at least one first candidate backscattering device participates based on the parameter configuration information;
第三子模块,根据所述测量值,从所述至少一个第一候选节点和/或至少一个第一候选反向散射设备中确定至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备;A third submodule, determine at least one target node and/or at least one target backscatter device from the at least one first candidate node and/or at least one first candidate backscatter device according to the measurement value;
其中,所述第一候选节点包括:第二候选节点中同意切换的候选节点;和/或,所述第一候选反向散射设备包括:第二候选反向散射设备中同意切换的候选反向散射设备。Wherein, the first candidate node includes: a candidate node among the second candidate nodes that agrees to switch; and/or the first candidate backscatter device includes: a candidate backscatter device among the second candidate backscatter devices that agrees to switch. Scattering equipment.
作为一个可选实施例,所述第一感知包括:第一感知节点发送第一信号,且第二感知节点接收经过反向散射设备反射或散射的至少部分第一信号;As an optional embodiment, the first sensing includes: the first sensing node sends a first signal, and the second sensing node receives at least part of the first signal reflected or scattered by the backscattering device;
其中,所述至少一个第一候选节点包括:第一感知节点的至少一个第一候选节点,和/或,第二感知节点的至少一个第一候选节点。Wherein, the at least one first candidate node includes: at least one first candidate node of the first sensing node, and/or at least one first candidate node of the second sensing node.
作为一个可选实施例,所述第一感知包括:第三感知节点发送第一信号,且第三感知节点接收经过反向散射设备反射或散射的至少部分第一信号;As an optional embodiment, the first sensing includes: a third sensing node sends a first signal, and the third sensing node receives at least part of the first signal reflected or scattered by the backscattering device;
其中,所述至少一个第一候选节点包括:第三感知节点的至少一个第一候选节点。Wherein, the at least one first candidate node includes: at least one first candidate node of the third sensing node.
作为一个可选实施例,所述装置还包括:As an optional embodiment, the device further includes:
第三发送模块,用于向至少一个第二候选节点和/或至少一个第二候选反向散射设备 发送切换请求信息,所述切换请求信息用于请求所述第二候选节点作为切换后的感知节点,和/或,用于请求所述第二候选反向散射设备作为切换后的感知反向散射设备;A third sending module, configured to send signals to at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscatter device Send switching request information, the switching request information is used to request the second candidate node to serve as a sensing node after switching, and/or, to request the second candidate backscattering device to serve as a sensing backscattering device after switching. equipment;
第三接收模块,用于接收至少一个第二候选节点和/或至少一个第二候选反向散射设备发送的切换应答信息,所述切换应答信息用于指示对应的第二候选节点和/或第二候选反向散射设备同意作为切换后的感知节点和/或感知反向散射设备;The third receiving module is configured to receive switching response information sent by at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, where the switching response information is used to indicate the corresponding second candidate node and/or the third candidate node. The two candidate backscattering devices agree to serve as sensing nodes and/or sensing backscattering devices after switching;
其中,所述第一候选节点包括:第二候选节点中同意切换的候选节点;和/或,所述第一候选反向散射设备包括:第二候选反向散射设备中同意切换的候选反向散射设备。Wherein, the first candidate node includes: a candidate node among the second candidate nodes that agrees to switch; and/or the first candidate backscatter device includes: a candidate backscatter device among the second candidate backscatter devices that agrees to switch. Scattering equipment.
作为一个可选实施例,所述装置还包括:As an optional embodiment, the device further includes:
第七接收模块,用于接收至少一个第二候选节点和/或至少一个第二候选反向散射设备发送的拒绝信息,所述拒绝信息用于指示对应的第二候选节点和/或第二候选反向散射设备不同意作为切换后的感知节点和/或感知反向散射设备;A seventh receiving module, configured to receive rejection information sent by at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, where the rejection information is used to indicate the corresponding second candidate node and/or second candidate The backscatter device does not agree to act as a post-switch sensing node and/or a sensing backscatter device;
其中,发送所述拒绝信息的第二候选节点和/或第二候选反向散射设备不参与第一感知的感知测量。Wherein, the second candidate node and/or the second candidate backscattering device that sends the rejection information does not participate in the sensing measurement of the first sensing.
作为一个可选实施例,所述第一确定模块包括:As an optional embodiment, the first determining module includes:
第一确定子模块,用于从所述至少一个第一候选节点和/或至少一个第一候选反向散射设备中,确定所述测量值满足预设门限条件的第一候选节点和/或第一候选反向散射设备为所述目标节点和/或目标反向散射设备。A first determination sub-module, configured to determine, from the at least one first candidate node and/or at least one first candidate backscattering device, the first candidate node and/or the first candidate node whose measurement value satisfies the preset threshold condition. A candidate backscatter device is the target node and/or target backscatter device.
作为一个可选实施例,所述装置还包括:As an optional embodiment, the device further includes:
第一执行模块,用于若所述至少一个第一候选节点和/或至少一个第一候选反向散射设备的感知测量量的测量值均不满足所述预设门限条件,执行第一操作;所述第一操作包括以下任意一项:A first execution module configured to perform a first operation if the measured values of the sensing measurement quantities of the at least one first candidate node and/or the at least one first candidate backscattering device do not meet the preset threshold condition; The first operation includes any of the following:
重新确定至少一个第一候选节点和/或至少一个第一候选反向散射设备;re-determine at least one first candidate node and/or at least one first candidate backscatter device;
停止所述第一感知;stop said first perception;
继续执行所述第一感知。Continue with the first perception.
作为一个可选实施例,所述第三发送模块包括:As an optional embodiment, the third sending module includes:
第三发送子模块,用于通过所述第一感知的反向散射设备盘点过程向至少一个第二候选反向散射设备发送切换请求信息。The third sending sub-module is configured to send switching request information to at least one second candidate backscattering device through the first perceived backscattering device inventory process.
作为一个可选实施例,所述装置还包括:As an optional embodiment, the device further includes:
第二确定模块,用于根据第一信号覆盖范围内的反向散射设备的第一信息,确定至少一个第二候选反向散射设备;所述第一信息包括以下至少一项:A second determination module, configured to determine at least one second candidate backscattering device based on the first information of the backscattering device within the coverage of the first signal; the first information includes at least one of the following:
反向散射设备的位置信息;Location information of backscatter equipment;
反向散射设备天线面板朝向信息;Backscatter equipment antenna panel orientation information;
反向散射设备的移动状态信息;Movement status information of backscattering equipment;
反向散射设备的感知能力信息;Sensing capability information of backscatter devices;
反向散射设备当前可用于进行感知的资源信息; Information about the resources currently available to the backscatter device for sensing;
反向散射设备的信道状态信息。Channel status information for backscatter devices.
作为一个可选实施例,所述装置还包括:As an optional embodiment, the device further includes:
第七发送模块,用于向所述第一感知的源感知节点和/或源反向散射设备发送感知结束命令,所述感知结束命令用于指示对应的源感知节点和/或源反向散射设备结束参与所述第一感知。A seventh sending module, configured to send a sensing end command to the first sensing source sensing node and/or source backscatter device, where the sensing end command is used to indicate the corresponding source sensing node and/or source backscattering device. The device ends participating in the first perception.
作为一个可选实施例,所述第七发送模块包括:As an optional embodiment, the seventh sending module includes:
第七发送子模块,用于通过所述第一感知的反向散射设备盘点过程向所述源反向散射设备发送感知结束命令。A seventh sending sub-module is configured to send a sensing end command to the source backscatter device through the first sensed backscatter device inventory process.
作为一个可选实施例,所述第一感知的切换过程包括:As an optional embodiment, the first sensing switching process includes:
目标节点和/或目标反向散射设备进行第一感知;且源感知节点和/或源反向散射设备结束第一感知并释放感知资源;The target node and/or the target backscattering device performs the first sensing; and the source sensing node and/or the source backscattering device ends the first sensing and releases sensing resources;
或者,or,
目标节点和/或目标反向散射设备进行第一感知,在获得感知测量量的测量值次数达到预设次数或者进行第一感知达到预设时间后,源感知节点和/或源反向散射设备结束第一感知并释放感知资源。The target node and/or the target backscattering device performs the first sensing. After the number of measurements of the sensing measurement quantity has been obtained for a preset number of times or the first sensing has been performed for a preset time, the source sensing node and/or the source backscattering device End the first perception and release perception resources.
作为一个可选实施例,所述装置还包括:As an optional embodiment, the device further includes:
第八发送模块,用于将第一感知的至少部分历史信息发送给目标节点;其中,所述历史信息包括以下至少一项:The eighth sending module is used to send at least part of the historical information of the first perception to the target node; wherein the historical information includes at least one of the following:
感知测量量的历史测量值;Historical measurements of perceptual measurements;
历史感知结果;historical perception results;
感知目标或区域先验信息。Perceive target or region prior information.
在本申请实施例中,第一设备根据至少一个第一候选节点和/或至少一个第一候选反向散射设备基于参数配置信息参与的第一感知的感知测量量的测量值,选择待切换的至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备,并向至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备发送切换命令,从而实现感知节点和/或感知反向散射设备的切换。In this embodiment of the present application, the first device selects the node to be switched based on the measurement value of the first sensing sensing measurement quantity in which at least one first candidate node and/or at least one first candidate backscattering device participates based on parameter configuration information. At least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device, and sending a switching command to at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device, thereby realizing switching of the sensing node and/or the sensing backscattering device.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例提供的切换处理装置是能够执行上述切换处理方法的装置,且上述切换处理方法的所有实施例均适用于该装置,且均能达到相同或相似的有益效果,在此不进行重复赘述。It should be noted that the switching processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application is a device capable of executing the above-mentioned switching processing method, and all embodiments of the above-mentioned switching processing method are applicable to this device, and can achieve the same or similar beneficial effects. This will not be repeated here.
如图6所示,本申请实施例还提供一种切换处理装置600,包括:As shown in Figure 6, this embodiment of the present application also provides a switching processing device 600, which includes:
第二接收模块601,用于接收第一设备发送的切换请求信息,所述切换请求信息用于请求所述第二候选节点作为第一感知切换后的感知节点;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;The second receiving module 601 is configured to receive switching request information sent by the first device, where the switching request information is used to request the second candidate node to serve as the sensing node after the first sensing switch; the first sensing is reverse perception of involvement of scattering devices;
第三发送模块602,用于向所述第一设备发送切换应答信息,所述切换应答信息用于指示对应的第二候选节点同意作为切换后的感知节点;The third sending module 602 is configured to send switching response information to the first device, where the switching response information is used to indicate that the corresponding second candidate node agrees to serve as the sensing node after switching;
第三接收模块603,用于接收第一设备发送的参数配置信息;所述参数配置信息用于 配置所述第一候选节点执行第一感知的感知参数;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;The third receiving module 603 is used to receive parameter configuration information sent by the first device; the parameter configuration information is used to Configuring the sensing parameters of the first candidate node to perform first sensing; the first sensing is sensing involving backscattering equipment;
第一感知处理模块604,用于根据所述参数配置信息,进行所述第一感知对应的第一信号的发送和/或接收;The first perception processing module 604 is configured to send and/or receive the first signal corresponding to the first perception according to the parameter configuration information;
其中,接收所述第一信号的节点根据接收到的第一信号获得所述第一感知的感知测量量的测量值;所述感知测量量的测量值用于辅助所述第一设备从所述至少一个第一候选节点中确定执行所述第一感知的至少一个目标节点。Wherein, the node receiving the first signal obtains the measured value of the first perceived perceptual measurement quantity according to the received first signal; the measured value of the perceptual measurement quantity is used to assist the first device to obtain the perceptual measurement quantity from the first signal. At least one target node for performing the first sensing is determined among at least one first candidate node.
作为一个可选实施例,所述第一感知包括:第一感知节点发送第一信号,且第二感知节点接收经过反向散射设备反射或散射的至少部分第一信号;As an optional embodiment, the first sensing includes: the first sensing node sends a first signal, and the second sensing node receives at least part of the first signal reflected or scattered by the backscattering device;
其中,所述至少一个第一候选节点包括:第一感知节点的至少一个第一候选节点,和/或,第二感知节点的至少一个第一候选节点。Wherein, the at least one first candidate node includes: at least one first candidate node of the first sensing node, and/or at least one first candidate node of the second sensing node.
作为一个可选实施例,所述第一感知包括:第三感知节点发送第一信号,且第三感知节点接收经过反向散射设备反射或散射的至少部分第一信号;As an optional embodiment, the first sensing includes: a third sensing node sends a first signal, and the third sensing node receives at least part of the first signal reflected or scattered by the backscattering device;
其中,所述至少一个第一候选节点包括:第三感知节点的至少一个第一候选节点。Wherein, the at least one first candidate node includes: at least one first candidate node of the third sensing node.
作为一个可选实施例,所述装置还包括:As an optional embodiment, the device further includes:
第二接收模块,用于接收所述第一设备发送的切换命令,确定所述第一候选节点为目标节点;所述切换命令用于通知目标节点执行所述第一感知;The second receiving module is configured to receive the switching command sent by the first device and determine the first candidate node as the target node; the switching command is used to notify the target node to perform the first sensing;
第一执行模块,用于根据所述切换命令继续执行所述第一感知。The first execution module is configured to continue to execute the first sensing according to the switching command.
作为一个可选实施例,所述装置还包括:As an optional embodiment, the device further includes:
第一停止模块,用于若所述第一候选节点未接收到第一设备发送的切换命令,停止执行所述第一感知。A first stopping module, configured to stop performing the first sensing if the first candidate node does not receive the switching command sent by the first device.
在本申请实施例中,第一设备根据至少一个第一候选节点基于参数配置信息参与的第一感知的感知测量量的测量值,选择待切换的至少一个目标节点,并向至少一个目标节点发送切换命令,从而实现感知节点。In this embodiment of the present application, the first device selects at least one target node to be switched based on the measurement value of the first sensing measurement quantity in which the at least one first candidate node participates based on parameter configuration information, and sends a message to the at least one target node. Switch commands to achieve sensing nodes.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例提供的切换处理装置是能够执行上述切换处理方法的装置,且上述切换处理方法的所有实施例均适用于该装置,且均能达到相同或相似的有益效果,在此不进行重复赘述。It should be noted that the switching processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application is a device capable of executing the above-mentioned switching processing method, and all embodiments of the above-mentioned switching processing method are applicable to this device, and can achieve the same or similar beneficial effects. This will not be repeated here.
如图7所示,本申请实施例还提供一种切换处理装置700,包括:As shown in Figure 7, this embodiment of the present application also provides a switching processing device 700, which includes:
第四接收模块701,用于接收第一设备发送切换请求信息,所述切换请求信息用于请求所述第二候选反向散射设备作为第一感知切换后的感知反向散射设备;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;The fourth receiving module 701 is configured to receive switching request information sent by the first device, where the switching request information is used to request the second candidate backscattering device as the sensing backscattering device after the first sensing switch; One perception is the perception involving the participation of backscatter equipment;
第四发送模块702,用于向所述第一设备发送切换应答信息,所述切换应答信息用于指示对应的第二候选反向散射设备同意作为切换后的感知反向散射设备;The fourth sending module 702 is configured to send switching response information to the first device, where the switching response information is used to indicate that the corresponding second candidate backscattering device agrees to serve as the switched sensing backscattering device;
第五接收模块703,用于接收第一设备发送的参数配置信息;所述参数配置信息用于配置所述第一候选反向散射设备参与第一感知的感知参数;所述第一感知为反向散射设备 参与的感知;The fifth receiving module 703 is used to receive parameter configuration information sent by the first device; the parameter configuration information is used to configure the sensing parameters of the first candidate backscattering device to participate in the first sensing; the first sensing is reverse scattering equipment perception of participation;
第二感知处理模块704,用于根据所述参数配置信息,进行所述第一感知对应的第一信号的反射或散射;接收所述第一信号的节点根据接收到的第一信号获得所述第一感知的感知测量量的测量值;所述感知测量量的测量值用于辅助所述第一设备从所述至少一个第一候选反向散射设备中确定参与所述第一感知的至少一个目标反向散射设备。The second perception processing module 704 is configured to perform reflection or scattering of the first signal corresponding to the first perception according to the parameter configuration information; the node receiving the first signal obtains the first signal according to the received first signal. A measurement value of a sensing measurement quantity of the first perception; the measurement value of the perception measurement quantity is used to assist the first device in determining at least one participating device in the first perception from the at least one first candidate backscattering device. Target backscatter equipment.
作为一个可选实施例,所述装置还包括:As an optional embodiment, the device further includes:
第五接收模块,用于接收所述第一设备发送的切换命令,确定所述第一候选反向散射设备为目标反向散射设备;所述切换命令用于通知目标反向散射设备参与所述第一感知;The fifth receiving module is used to receive the switching command sent by the first device and determine that the first candidate backscattering device is the target backscattering device; the switching command is used to notify the target backscattering device to participate in the first perception;
第一参与模块,用于根据所述切换命令继续参与所述第一感知。The first participation module is configured to continue to participate in the first perception according to the switching command.
作为一个可选实施例,所述装置还包括:As an optional embodiment, the device further includes:
第二停止模块,用于若所述第一候选反向散射设备未接收到第一设备发送的切换命令,停止参与所述第一感知。The second stopping module is configured to stop participating in the first sensing if the first candidate backscattering device does not receive the switching command sent by the first device.
在本申请实施例中,第一设备根据至少一个第一候选反向散射设备基于参数配置信息参与的第一感知的感知测量量的测量值,选择待切换的至少一个目标反向散射设备,并向至少一个目标反向散射设备发送切换命令,从而实现感知反向散射设备的切换。In this embodiment of the present application, the first device selects at least one target backscattering device to be switched based on the measurement value of the first sensing sensing measurement quantity in which the at least one first candidate backscattering device participates based on parameter configuration information, and A switching command is sent to at least one target backscattering device, thereby realizing switching of the sensing backscattering device.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例提供的切换处理装置是能够执行上述切换处理方法的装置,且上述切换处理方法的所有实施例均适用于该装置,且均能达到相同或相似的有益效果,在此不进行重复赘述。It should be noted that the switching processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application is a device capable of executing the above-mentioned switching processing method, and all embodiments of the above-mentioned switching processing method are applicable to this device, and can achieve the same or similar beneficial effects. This will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例中的切换处理装置可以是电子设备,例如具有操作系统的电子设备,也可以是电子设备中的部件,例如集成电路或芯片。该电子设备可以是终端,也可以为除终端之外的其他设备。示例性的,终端可以包括但不限于上述所列举的终端11的类型,其他设备可以为服务器、网络附属存储器(Network Attached Storage,NAS)等,本申请实施例不作具体限定。The switching processing device in the embodiment of the present application may be an electronic device, such as an electronic device with an operating system, or may be a component in the electronic device, such as an integrated circuit or chip. The electronic device may be a terminal or other devices other than the terminal. For example, terminals may include but are not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and other devices may be servers, network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of this application.
本申请实施例提供的切换处理装置能够实现图1至图4的方法实施例实现的各个过程,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The switching processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiments of Figures 1 to 4, and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, details will not be described here.
可选的,如图8所示,本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备800,包括处理器801和存储器802,存储器802上存储有可在所述处理器801上运行的程序或指令,例如,该通信设备800为第一设备时,该程序或指令被处理器801执行时实现上述切换处理方法实施例的各个步骤,且能达到相同的技术效果。该通信设备800为候选节点或候选反向散射设备时,该程序或指令被处理器801执行时实现上述切换处理方法实施例的各个步骤,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。Optionally, as shown in Figure 8, this embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 800, which includes a processor 801 and a memory 802. The memory 802 stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor 801, for example. , when the communication device 800 is the first device, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 801, each step of the above handover processing method embodiment is implemented, and the same technical effect can be achieved. When the communication device 800 is a candidate node or a candidate backscattering device, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 801, each step of the above handover processing method embodiment is implemented, and the same technical effect can be achieved. To avoid duplication, the steps are not included here. Again.
本申请实施例还提供一种第一设备,包括处理器及通信接口,其中,所述通信接口用于向至少一个第二候选节点和/或至少一个第二候选反向散射设备发送切换请求信息,所述切换请求信息用于请求所述第二候选节点作为第一感知切换后的感知节点,和/或,用于请求所述第二候选反向散射设备作为第一感知切换后的感知反向散射设备;所述第一感 知为反向散射设备参与的感知;向至少一个第二候选节点和/或至少一个第二候选反向散射设备发送切换请求信息,所述切换请求信息用于请求所述第二候选节点作为第一感知切换后的感知节点,和/或,用于请求所述第二候选反向散射设备作为第一感知切换后的感知反向散射设备;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;所述处理器用于所述切换应答信息,从同意切换的候选节点和/或候选反向散射设备中确定至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备;所述通信接口还用于向至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备发送切换命令,所述切换命令用于通知目标节点执行所述第一感知,和/或通知目标反向散射设备参与所述第一感知。或者,本申请实施例还提供了一种节点,包括处理器及通信接口,其中,所述通信接口用于接收第一设备发送的切换请求信息,所述切换请求信息用于请求所述第二候选节点作为第一感知切换后的感知节点;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;向所述第一设备发送切换应答信息,所述切换应答信息用于指示对应的第二候选节点同意作为切换后的感知节点;接收第一设备发送的参数配置信息;所述参数配置信息用于配置所述第一候选节点执行第一感知的感知参数;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;根据所述参数配置信息,进行所述第一感知对应的第一信号的发送和/或接收;其中,接收所述第一信号的节点根据接收到的第一信号获得所述第一感知的感知测量量的测量值;所述感知测量量的测量值用于辅助所述第一设备从所述至少一个第一候选节点中确定执行所述第一感知的至少一个目标节点。在该第一设备或节点为终端的情况下,该终端实施例与上述终端侧方法实施例对应,上述方法实施例的各个实施过程和实现方式均可适用于该终端实施例中,且能达到相同的技术效果。具体地,图9为实现本申请实施例的一种终端的硬件结构示意图。An embodiment of the present application also provides a first device, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used to send switching request information to at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device. , the switching request information is used to request the second candidate node to serve as the sensing node after the first sensing switch, and/or to request the second candidate backscattering device to serve as the sensing backscattering device after the first sensing switch. scattering device; the first sense Known as the perception of participation of a backscattering device; sending switching request information to at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, the switching request information being used to request the second candidate node to serve as the third candidate node. A sensing node after sensing switching, and/or, used to request the second candidate backscattering device as the sensing backscattering device after the first sensing switching; the first sensing is sensing in which the backscattering device participates ; The processor is used to determine at least one target node and/or at least one target backscatter device from the candidate nodes and/or candidate backscatter devices that agree to switch according to the handover response information; the communication interface is also used to Send a switching command to at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device, the switching command being used to notify the target node to perform the first sensing, and/or to notify the target backscattering device to participate in the first sensing . Alternatively, an embodiment of the present application further provides a node including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used to receive switching request information sent by the first device, and the switching request information is used to request the second device. The candidate node serves as the sensing node after the first sensing switch; the first sensing is the sensing involving the backscattering device; sends switching response information to the first device, and the switching response information is used to indicate the corresponding second candidate The node agrees to serve as a sensing node after switching; receives parameter configuration information sent by the first device; the parameter configuration information is used to configure sensing parameters for the first candidate node to perform first sensing; the first sensing is backscattering Perception in which the device participates; according to the parameter configuration information, send and/or receive the first signal corresponding to the first perception; wherein the node receiving the first signal obtains the first signal according to the received first signal. The measurement value of the sensing measurement quantity of the first sensing; the measurement value of the sensing measurement quantity is used to assist the first device in determining at least one target node for performing the first sensing from the at least one first candidate node. In the case where the first device or node is a terminal, the terminal embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned terminal-side method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation manner of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to the terminal embodiment, and can achieve Same technical effect. Specifically, FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a terminal that implements an embodiment of the present application.
该终端900包括但不限于:射频单元901、网络模块902、音频输出单元903、输入单元904、传感器905、显示单元906、用户输入单元907、接口单元908、存储器909以及处理器910等中的至少部分部件。The terminal 900 includes but is not limited to: a radio frequency unit 901, a network module 902, an audio output unit 903, an input unit 904, a sensor 905, a display unit 906, a user input unit 907, an interface unit 908, a memory 909, a processor 910, etc. At least some parts.
本领域技术人员可以理解,终端900还可以包括给各个部件供电的电源(比如电池),电源可以通过电源管理系统与处理器910逻辑相连,从而通过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗管理等功能。图9中示出的终端结构并不构成对终端的限定,终端可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can understand that the terminal 900 may also include a power supply (such as a battery) that supplies power to various components. The power supply may be logically connected to the processor 910 through a power management system, thereby managing charging, discharging, and power consumption through the power management system. Management and other functions. The terminal structure shown in FIG. 9 does not constitute a limitation on the terminal. The terminal may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or may combine certain components, or arrange different components, which will not be described again here.
应理解的是,本申请实施例中,输入单元904可以包括图形处理单元(Graphics Processing Unit,GPU)9041和麦克风9042,图形处理器9041对在视频捕获模式或图像捕获模式中由图像捕获装置(如摄像头)获得的静态图片或视频的图像数据进行处理。显示单元906可包括显示面板9061,可以采用液晶显示器、有机发光二极管等形式来配置显示面板9061。用户输入单元907包括触控面板9071以及其他输入设备9072中的至少一种。触控面板9071,也称为触摸屏。触控面板9071可包括触摸检测装置和触摸控制器两个部分。其他输入设备9072可以包括但不限于物理键盘、功能键(比如音量控制按键、开关按键等)、轨迹球、鼠标、操作杆,在此不再赘述。 It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, the input unit 904 may include a graphics processing unit (GPU) 9041 and a microphone 9042. The graphics processor 9041 is responsible for the image capture device (GPU) in the video capture mode or the image capture mode. Process the image data of still pictures or videos obtained by cameras (such as cameras). The display unit 906 may include a display panel 9061, which may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display, an organic light emitting diode, or the like. The user input unit 907 includes a touch panel 9071 and at least one of other input devices 9072 . Touch panel 9071, also known as touch screen. The touch panel 9071 may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller. Other input devices 9072 may include but are not limited to physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control keys, switch keys, etc.), trackballs, mice, and joysticks, which will not be described again here.
本申请实施例中,射频单元901接收来自网络侧设备的下行数据后,可以传输给处理器910进行处理;另外,射频单元901可以向网络侧设备发送上行数据。通常,射频单元901包括但不限于天线、放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器、双工器等。In this embodiment of the present application, after receiving downlink data from the network side device, the radio frequency unit 901 can transmit it to the processor 910 for processing; in addition, the radio frequency unit 901 can send uplink data to the network side device. Generally, the radio frequency unit 901 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, an amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier, a duplexer, etc.
存储器909可用于存储软件程序或指令以及各种数据。存储器909可主要包括存储程序或指令的第一存储区和存储数据的第二存储区,其中,第一存储区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序或指令(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等。此外,存储器909可以包括易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或者,存储器909可以包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM),静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM,DDRSDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synch link DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DRRAM)。本申请实施例中的存储器909包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。Memory 909 may be used to store software programs or instructions as well as various data. The memory 909 may mainly include a first storage area for storing programs or instructions and a second storage area for storing data, wherein the first storage area may store an operating system, an application program or instructions required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, Image playback function, etc.) etc. Additionally, memory 909 may include volatile memory or nonvolatile memory, or memory 909 may include both volatile and nonvolatile memory. Among them, non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), static random access memory (Static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (Dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDRSDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (Synch link DRAM) , SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DRRAM). Memory 909 in embodiments of the present application includes, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
处理器910可包括一个或多个处理单元;可选的,处理器910集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器,其中,应用处理器主要处理涉及操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等的操作,调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信信号,如基带处理器。可以理解的是,上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器910中。The processor 910 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 910 integrates an application processor and a modem processor, where the application processor mainly handles operations related to the operating system, user interface, application programs, etc., Modem processors mainly process wireless communication signals, such as baseband processors. It can be understood that the above modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 910.
其中,射频单元901,用于向至少一个第二候选节点和/或至少一个第二候选反向散射设备发送切换请求信息,所述切换请求信息用于请求所述第二候选节点作为第一感知切换后的感知节点,和/或,用于请求所述第二候选反向散射设备作为第一感知切换后的感知反向散射设备;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;接收至少一个第二候选节点和/或至少一个第二候选反向散射设备发送的切换应答信息,所述切换应答信息用于指示对应的第二候选节点和/或第二候选反向散射设备同意作为切换后的感知节点和/或感知反向散射设备;Wherein, the radio frequency unit 901 is used to send switching request information to at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, where the switching request information is used to request the second candidate node to serve as the first sensing device. The sensing node after switching, and/or, is used to request the second candidate backscattering device as the sensing backscattering device after the first sensing switch; the first sensing is the sensing in which the backscattering device participates; receive Handover response information sent by at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, the handover response information is used to indicate that the corresponding second candidate node and/or the second candidate backscattering device agrees to serve as Switched sensing nodes and/or sensing backscatter devices;
处理器910,用于根据所述切换应答信息,从同意切换的候选节点和/或候选反向散射设备中确定至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备;Processor 910, configured to determine at least one target node and/or at least one target backscatter device from candidate nodes and/or candidate backscatter devices that agree to switch, according to the handover response information;
射频单元901,还用于向至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备发送切换命令,所述切换命令用于通知目标节点执行所述第一感知,和/或通知目标反向散射设备参与所述第一感知。The radio frequency unit 901 is also configured to send a switching command to at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device, where the switching command is used to notify the target node to perform the first sensing, and/or to notify the target backscattering device. The device participates in said first perception.
或者,or,
射频单元901,用于接收第一设备发送的切换请求信息,所述切换请求信息用于请求 所述第二候选节点作为第一感知切换后的感知节点;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;向所述第一设备发送切换应答信息,所述切换应答信息用于指示对应的第二候选节点同意作为切换后的感知节点;接收第一设备发送的参数配置信息;所述参数配置信息用于配置所述第一候选节点执行第一感知的感知参数;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;根据所述参数配置信息,进行所述第一感知对应的第一信号的发送和/或接收;Radio frequency unit 901, configured to receive switching request information sent by the first device, where the switching request information is used to request The second candidate node serves as the sensing node after the first sensing switch; the first sensing is sensing involving backscattering equipment; and the switching response information is sent to the first device, and the switching response information is used to indicate the corresponding The second candidate node agrees to serve as the sensing node after switching; receives the parameter configuration information sent by the first device; the parameter configuration information is used to configure the sensing parameters of the first candidate node to perform the first sensing; the first sensing Sensing involving backscattering equipment; sending and/or receiving the first signal corresponding to the first sensing according to the parameter configuration information;
其中,接收所述第一信号的节点根据接收到的第一信号获得所述第一感知的感知测量量的测量值;所述感知测量量的测量值用于辅助所述第一设备从所述至少一个第一候选节点中确定执行所述第一感知的至少一个目标节点。Wherein, the node receiving the first signal obtains the measured value of the first perceived perceptual measurement quantity according to the received first signal; the measured value of the perceptual measurement quantity is used to assist the first device to obtain the perceptual measurement quantity from the first signal. At least one target node for performing the first sensing is determined among at least one first candidate node.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例提供的终端是能够执行上述切换处理方法的终端,且上述切换处理方法的所有实施例均适用于该终端,且均能达到相同或相似的有益效果,在此不进行重复赘述。It should be noted that the terminal provided by the embodiments of the present application is a terminal that can perform the above-mentioned handover processing method, and all embodiments of the above-mentioned handover processing method are applicable to this terminal, and can achieve the same or similar beneficial effects. Herein No further details will be given.
在本申请实施例提供的第一设备为网络侧设备,或候选节点为网络侧设备的情况下,本申请实施例还提供一种网络侧设备。该网络侧设备实施例与上述网络侧设备方法实施例对应,上述方法实施例的各个实施过程和实现方式均可适用于该网络侧设备实施例中,且能达到相同的技术效果。When the first device provided by the embodiment of the present application is a network-side device, or the candidate node is a network-side device, the embodiment of the present application further provides a network-side device. This network-side device embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned network-side device method embodiment. Each implementation process and implementation manner of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this network-side device embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect.
具体地,本申请实施例还提供了一种网络侧设备。如图10所示,该网络侧设备1000包括:天线101、射频装置102、基带装置103、处理器104和存储器105。天线101与射频装置102连接。在上行方向上,射频装置102通过天线101接收信息,将接收的信息发送给基带装置103进行处理。在下行方向上,基带装置103对要发送的信息进行处理,并发送给射频装置102,射频装置102对收到的信息进行处理后经过天线101发送出去。Specifically, the embodiment of the present application also provides a network side device. As shown in FIG. 10 , the network side device 1000 includes: an antenna 101 , a radio frequency device 102 , a baseband device 103 , a processor 104 and a memory 105 . The antenna 101 is connected to the radio frequency device 102 . In the uplink direction, the radio frequency device 102 receives information through the antenna 101 and sends the received information to the baseband device 103 for processing. In the downlink direction, the baseband device 103 processes the information to be sent and sends it to the radio frequency device 102. The radio frequency device 102 processes the received information and then sends it out through the antenna 101.
以上实施例中网络侧设备执行的方法可以在基带装置103中实现,该基带装置103包括基带处理器。The method performed by the network side device in the above embodiment can be implemented in the baseband device 103, which includes a baseband processor.
基带装置103例如可以包括至少一个基带板,该基带板上设置有多个芯片,如图10所示,其中一个芯片例如为基带处理器,通过总线接口与存储器105连接,以调用存储器105中的程序,执行以上方法实施例中所示的网络设备操作。The baseband device 103 may include, for example, at least one baseband board on which multiple chips are disposed, as shown in FIG. Program to perform the network device operations shown in the above method embodiments.
该网络侧设备还可以包括网络接口106,该接口例如为通用公共无线接口(common public radio interface,CPRI)。The network side device may also include a network interface 106, which is, for example, a common public radio interface (CPRI).
具体地,本申请实施例的网络侧设备1000还包括:存储在存储器105上并可在处理器104上运行的指令或程序,处理器104调用存储器105中的指令或程序执行图5或图6所示各模块执行的方法,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,故不在此赘述。Specifically, the network side device 1000 in the embodiment of the present application also includes: instructions or programs stored in the memory 105 and executable on the processor 104. The processor 104 calls the instructions or programs in the memory 105 to execute Figure 5 or Figure 6 The execution methods of each module are shown and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, they will not be described in detail here.
在第一设备为核心网设备的情况下,本申请实施例还提供了一种核心网设备。如图11所示,该核心网设备备1100包括:处理器1101、网络接口1102和存储器1103。其中,网络接口1102例如为通用公共无线接口(common public radio interface,CPRI)。When the first device is a core network device, embodiments of the present application further provide a core network device. As shown in Figure 11, the core network equipment 1100 includes: a processor 1101, a network interface 1102 and a memory 1103. Among them, the network interface 1102 is, for example, a common public radio interface (CPRI).
具体地,本申请实施例的核心网设备1100还包括:存储在存储器1103上并可在处理器1101上运行的指令或程序,处理器1101调用存储器1103中的指令或程序执行图5所 示各模块执行的方法,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,故不在此赘述。Specifically, the core network device 1100 in the embodiment of the present application also includes: instructions or programs stored in the memory 1103 and executable on the processor 1101. The processor 1101 calls the instructions or programs in the memory 1103 to execute what is shown in Figure 5 It shows the execution method of each module and achieves the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, it will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质上存储有程序或指令,该程序或指令被处理器执行时实现上述切换处理方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。Embodiments of the present application also provide a readable storage medium. Programs or instructions are stored on the readable storage medium. When the program or instructions are executed by a processor, each process of the above switching processing method embodiment is implemented, and the same can be achieved. The technical effects will not be repeated here to avoid repetition.
其中,所述处理器为上述实施例中所述的终端中的处理器。所述可读存储介质,包括计算机可读存储介质,如计算机只读存储器ROM、随机存取存储器RAM、磁碟或者光盘等。Wherein, the processor is the processor in the terminal described in the above embodiment. The readable storage medium includes computer readable storage media, such as computer read-only memory ROM, random access memory RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk, etc.
本申请实施例另提供了一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于运行程序或指令,实现上述切换处理方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip. The chip includes a processor and a communication interface. The communication interface is coupled to the processor. The processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the above switching processing method embodiment. Each process can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, it will not be described again here.
应理解,本申请实施例提到的芯片还可以称为系统级芯片,系统芯片,芯片系统或片上系统芯片等。It should be understood that the chips mentioned in the embodiments of this application may also be called system-on-chip, system-on-a-chip, system-on-chip or system-on-chip, etc.
本申请实施例另提供了一种计算机程序/程序产品,所述计算机程序/程序产品被存储在存储介质中,所述计算机程序/程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现上述切换处理方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program/program product. The computer program/program product is stored in a storage medium. The computer program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the above switching processing method embodiment. Each process can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, we will not go into details here.
本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统,包括:第一设备、第一候选节点以及第一候选反向散射设备,所述第一设备可用于执行如上所述的方法的步骤,所述第一候选节点可用于执行如上所述的方法的步骤,所述第一候选反向散射设备科用于执行如上所述的方法的步骤。An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, including: a first device, a first candidate node, and a first candidate backscattering device. The first device may be configured to perform the steps of the method as described above. The first device A candidate node may be used to perform the steps of the method as described above, and the first candidate backscattering device may be used to perform the steps of the method as described above.
需要说明的是,在本文中,术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含,从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置不仅包括那些要素,而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素,或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者装置所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下,由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素,并不排除在包括该要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置中还存在另外的相同要素。此外,需要指出的是,本申请实施方式中的方法和装置的范围不限按示出或讨论的顺序来执行功能,还可包括根据所涉及的功能按基本同时的方式或按相反的顺序来执行功能,例如,可以按不同于所描述的次序来执行所描述的方法,并且还可以添加、省去、或组合各种步骤。另外,参照某些示例所描述的特征可在其他示例中被组合。It should be noted that, in this document, the terms "comprising", "comprises" or any other variations thereof are intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion, such that a process, method, article or device that includes a series of elements not only includes those elements, It also includes other elements not expressly listed or inherent in the process, method, article or apparatus. Without further limitation, an element defined by the statement "comprises a..." does not exclude the presence of additional identical elements in a process, method, article or apparatus that includes that element. In addition, it should be pointed out that the scope of the methods and devices in the embodiments of the present application is not limited to performing functions in the order shown or discussed, but may also include performing functions in a substantially simultaneous manner or in reverse order according to the functions involved. Functions may be performed, for example, the methods described may be performed in an order different from that described, and various steps may be added, omitted, or combined. Additionally, features described with reference to certain examples may be combined in other examples.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到上述实施例方法可借助软件加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现,当然也可以通过硬件,但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以计算机软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质(如ROM/RAM、磁碟、光盘)中,包括若干指令用以使得一台终端(可以是手机,计算机,服务器,空调器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述的方法。Through the above description of the embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the methods of the above embodiments can be implemented by means of software plus the necessary general hardware platform. Of course, it can also be implemented by hardware, but in many cases the former is better. implementation. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a computer software product that is essentially or contributes to the existing technology. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, disk , CD), including several instructions to cause a terminal (which can be a mobile phone, computer, server, air conditioner, or network device, etc.) to execute the methods described in various embodiments of this application.
上面结合附图对本申请的实施例进行了描述,但是本申请并不局限于上述的具体实施 方式,上述的具体实施方式仅仅是示意性的,而不是限制性的,本领域的普通技术人员在本申请的启示下,在不脱离本申请宗旨和权利要求所保护的范围情况下,还可做出很多形式,均属于本申请的保护之内。 The embodiments of the present application are described above in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, but the present application is not limited to the above specific implementations. The above-described specific implementations are only illustrative and not restrictive. Under the inspiration of this application, those of ordinary skill in the art can also make other modifications without departing from the purpose of this application and the scope protected by the claims. Many forms are made, all falling within the protection of this application.

Claims (28)

  1. 一种切换处理方法,包括:A switching processing method includes:
    第一设备向至少一个第二候选节点和/或至少一个第二候选反向散射设备发送切换请求信息,所述切换请求信息用于请求所述第二候选节点作为第一感知切换后的感知节点,和/或,用于请求所述第二候选反向散射设备作为第一感知切换后的感知反向散射设备;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;The first device sends switching request information to at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, where the switching request information is used to request the second candidate node to serve as a sensing node after the first sensing switch. , and/or, used to request the second candidate backscattering device as the sensing backscattering device after the first sensing switch; the first sensing is the sensing in which the backscattering device participates;
    所述第一设备接收至少一个第二候选节点和/或至少一个第二候选反向散射设备发送的切换应答信息,所述切换应答信息用于指示对应的第二候选节点和/或第二候选反向散射设备同意作为切换后的感知节点和/或感知反向散射设备;The first device receives switching response information sent by at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, where the switching response information is used to indicate the corresponding second candidate node and/or the second candidate The backscattering device agrees to serve as the sensing node and/or the sensing backscattering device after switching;
    所述第一设备根据所述切换应答信息,从同意切换的候选节点和/或候选反向散射设备中确定至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备;The first device determines at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device from the candidate nodes and/or candidate backscattering devices that agree to the handover based on the handover response information;
    所述第一设备向至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备发送切换命令,所述切换命令用于通知目标节点执行所述第一感知,和/或通知目标反向散射设备参与所述第一感知。The first device sends a switching command to at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device, where the switching command is used to notify the target node to perform the first sensing, and/or to notify the target backscattering device to participate. The first perception.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备根据所述切换应答信息,从同意切换的候选节点和/或候选反向散射设备中确定至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first device determines at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device from candidate nodes and/or candidate backscattering devices that agree to switch based on the handover response information. Scattering equipment, including:
    第一设备根据所述切换应答信息,向至少一个第一候选节点和/或至少一个第一候选反向散射设备发送参数配置信息;所述参数配置信息用于配置所述第一候选节点执行第一感知的感知参数和/或用于配置所述第一候选反向散射设备参与第一感知的感知参数;The first device sends parameter configuration information to at least one first candidate node and/or at least one first candidate backscattering device according to the handover response information; the parameter configuration information is used to configure the first candidate node to execute the first a sensing parameter for sensing and/or sensing parameters for configuring the first candidate backscattering device to participate in the first sensing;
    所述第一设备获取所述至少一个第一候选节点和/或至少一个第一候选反向散射设备基于所述参数配置信息参与的第一感知的感知测量量的测量值;The first device obtains a measurement value of a first sensing sensing measurement quantity in which the at least one first candidate node and/or the at least one first candidate backscattering device participates based on the parameter configuration information;
    所述第一设备根据所述测量值,从所述至少一个第一候选节点和/或至少一个第一候选反向散射设备中确定至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备;The first device determines at least one target node and/or at least one target backscatter device from the at least one first candidate node and/or at least one first candidate backscatter device based on the measurement value;
    其中,所述第一候选节点包括:第二候选节点中同意切换的候选节点;和/或,所述第一候选反向散射设备包括:第二候选反向散射设备中同意切换的候选反向散射设备。Wherein, the first candidate node includes: a candidate node among the second candidate nodes that agrees to switch; and/or the first candidate backscatter device includes: a candidate backscatter device among the second candidate backscatter devices that agrees to switch. Scattering equipment.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一感知包括:第一感知节点发送第一信号,且第二感知节点接收经过反向散射设备反射或散射的至少部分第一信号;The method according to claim 1, wherein the first sensing includes: a first sensing node transmits a first signal, and a second sensing node receives at least part of the first signal reflected or scattered by a backscattering device;
    其中,所述至少一个第一候选节点包括:第一感知节点的至少一个第一候选节点,和/或,第二感知节点的至少一个第一候选节点。Wherein, the at least one first candidate node includes: at least one first candidate node of the first sensing node, and/or at least one first candidate node of the second sensing node.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一感知包括:第三感知节点发送第一信号,且第三感知节点接收经过反向散射设备反射或散射的至少部分第一信号;The method according to claim 1, wherein the first sensing includes: a third sensing node transmits a first signal, and the third sensing node receives at least part of the first signal reflected or scattered by a backscattering device;
    其中,所述至少一个第一候选节点包括:第三感知节点的至少一个第一候选节点。Wherein, the at least one first candidate node includes: at least one first candidate node of the third sensing node.
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括: The method of claim 1, further comprising:
    所述第一设备接收至少一个第二候选节点和/或至少一个第二候选反向散射设备发送的拒绝信息,所述拒绝信息用于指示对应的第二候选节点和/或第二候选反向散射设备不同意作为切换后的感知节点和/或感知反向散射设备;The first device receives rejection information sent by at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, where the rejection information is used to indicate the corresponding second candidate node and/or the second candidate backscattering device. The scattering device does not agree to act as a switched sensing node and/or sensing backscattering device;
    其中,发送所述拒绝信息的第二候选节点和/或第二候选反向散射设备不参与第一感知的感知测量。Wherein, the second candidate node and/or the second candidate backscattering device that sends the rejection information does not participate in the sensing measurement of the first sensing.
  6. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备根据所述测量值,从所述至少一个第一候选节点和/或至少一个第一候选反向散射设备中确定至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备,包括:The method of claim 2, wherein the first device determines at least one target node from the at least one first candidate node and/or at least one first candidate backscattering device based on the measurement value. /or at least one target backscatter device including:
    所述第一设备从所述至少一个第一候选节点和/或至少一个第一候选反向散射设备中,确定所述测量值满足预设门限条件的第一候选节点和/或第一候选反向散射设备为所述目标节点和/或目标反向散射设备。The first device determines, from the at least one first candidate node and/or at least one first candidate backscattering device, the first candidate node and/or the first candidate backscattering device whose measurement value satisfies a preset threshold condition. The forward scattering device is the target node and/or the target backscattering device.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 6, further comprising:
    若所述至少一个第一候选节点和/或至少一个第一候选反向散射设备的感知测量量的测量值均不满足所述预设门限条件,所述第一设备执行第一操作;所述第一操作包括以下任意一项:If the measured values of the sensing measurement quantities of the at least one first candidate node and/or the at least one first candidate backscattering device do not meet the preset threshold condition, the first device performs a first operation; The first action includes any of the following:
    重新确定至少一个第一候选节点和/或至少一个第一候选反向散射设备;re-determine at least one first candidate node and/or at least one first candidate backscatter device;
    停止所述第一感知;stop said first perception;
    继续执行所述第一感知。Continue with the first perception.
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备向至少一个第二候选反向散射设备发送切换请求信息,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first device sends switching request information to at least one second candidate backscatter device, including:
    所述第一设备通过所述第一感知的反向散射设备盘点过程向至少一个第二候选反向散射设备发送切换请求信息。The first device sends handover request information to at least one second candidate backscatter device through the first aware backscatter device inventory process.
  9. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1, further comprising:
    所述第一设备根据第一信号覆盖范围内的反向散射设备的第一信息,确定至少一个第二候选反向散射设备;所述第一信息包括以下至少一项:The first device determines at least one second candidate backscattering device based on the first information of the backscattering device within the coverage of the first signal; the first information includes at least one of the following:
    反向散射设备的位置信息;Location information of backscatter equipment;
    反向散射设备天线面板朝向信息;Backscatter equipment antenna panel orientation information;
    反向散射设备的移动状态信息;Movement status information of backscattering equipment;
    反向散射设备的感知能力信息;Sensing capability information of backscatter devices;
    反向散射设备当前可用于进行感知的资源信息;Information about the resources currently available to the backscatter device for sensing;
    反向散射设备的信道状态信息。Channel status information for backscatter devices.
  10. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-9, wherein the method further includes:
    所述第一设备向所述第一感知的源感知节点和/或源反向散射设备发送感知结束命令,所述感知结束命令用于指示对应的源感知节点和/或源反向散射设备结束参与所述第一感知。 The first device sends a sensing end command to the first sensing source sensing node and/or source backscatter device, where the sensing end command is used to indicate the end of the corresponding source sensing node and/or source backscattering device. Participate in said first perception.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其中,所述第一设备向所述第一感知的源反向散射设备发送感知结束命令,包括:The method of claim 10, wherein the first device sends a sensing end command to the first sensed source backscatter device, comprising:
    所述第一设备通过所述第一感知的反向散射设备盘点过程向所述源反向散射设备发送感知结束命令。The first device sends a sensing end command to the source backscatter device through the first sensed backscatter device inventory process.
  12. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一感知的切换过程包括:The method of claim 1, wherein the first perceived switching process includes:
    目标节点和/或目标反向散射设备进行第一感知;且源感知节点和/或源反向散射设备结束第一感知并释放感知资源;The target node and/or the target backscattering device performs the first sensing; and the source sensing node and/or the source backscattering device ends the first sensing and releases sensing resources;
    或者,or,
    目标节点和/或目标反向散射设备进行第一感知,在获得感知测量量的测量值次数达到预设次数或者进行第一感知达到预设时间后,源感知节点和/或源反向散射设备结束第一感知并释放感知资源。The target node and/or the target backscattering device performs the first sensing. After the number of measurements of the sensing measurement quantity has been obtained for a preset number of times or the first sensing has been performed for a preset time, the source sensing node and/or the source backscattering device End the first perception and release perception resources.
  13. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1, further comprising:
    所述第一设备将第一感知的至少部分历史信息发送给目标节点;其中,所述历史信息包括以下至少一项:The first device sends at least part of the historical information of the first perception to the target node; wherein the historical information includes at least one of the following:
    感知测量量的历史测量值;Historical measurements of perceptual measurements;
    历史感知结果;historical perception results;
    感知目标或区域先验信息。Perceive target or region prior information.
  14. 一种切换处理方法,包括:A switching processing method includes:
    第二候选节点接收第一设备发送的切换请求信息,所述切换请求信息用于请求所述第二候选节点作为第一感知切换后的感知节点;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;The second candidate node receives the switching request information sent by the first device, and the switching request information is used to request the second candidate node to serve as the sensing node after the first sensing switch; the first sensing is a backscattering device participating perception;
    所述第二候选节点向所述第一设备发送切换应答信息,所述切换应答信息用于指示对应的第二候选节点同意作为切换后的感知节点;The second candidate node sends switching response information to the first device, where the switching response information is used to indicate that the corresponding second candidate node agrees to serve as the sensing node after switching;
    第一候选节点接收第一设备发送的参数配置信息;所述参数配置信息用于配置所述第一候选节点执行第一感知的感知参数;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;所述第一候选节点包括:第二候选节点中同意切换的候选节点;The first candidate node receives the parameter configuration information sent by the first device; the parameter configuration information is used to configure the sensing parameters for the first candidate node to perform first sensing; the first sensing is sensing involving the backscattering device; The first candidate node includes: a candidate node among the second candidate nodes that agrees to switch;
    所述第一候选节点根据所述参数配置信息,进行所述第一感知对应的第一信号的发送和/或接收;The first candidate node sends and/or receives the first signal corresponding to the first perception according to the parameter configuration information;
    其中,接收所述第一信号的节点根据接收到的第一信号获得所述第一感知的感知测量量的测量值;所述感知测量量的测量值用于辅助所述第一设备从所述至少一个第一候选节点中确定执行所述第一感知的至少一个目标节点。Wherein, the node receiving the first signal obtains the measured value of the first perceived perceptual measurement quantity according to the received first signal; the measured value of the perceptual measurement quantity is used to assist the first device to obtain the perceptual measurement quantity from the first signal. At least one target node for performing the first sensing is determined among at least one first candidate node.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,所述第一感知包括:第一感知节点发送第一信号,且第二感知节点接收经过反向散射设备反射或散射的至少部分第一信号;The method of claim 14, wherein the first sensing includes: a first sensing node transmits a first signal, and a second sensing node receives at least part of the first signal reflected or scattered by a backscattering device;
    其中,所述至少一个第一候选节点包括:第一感知节点的至少一个第一候选节点,和/或,第二感知节点的至少一个第一候选节点。Wherein, the at least one first candidate node includes: at least one first candidate node of the first sensing node, and/or at least one first candidate node of the second sensing node.
  16. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,所述第一感知包括:第三感知节点发送第 一信号,且第三感知节点接收经过反向散射设备反射或散射的至少部分第一信号;The method of claim 14, wherein the first sensing includes: a third sensing node sending a a signal, and the third sensing node receives at least part of the first signal reflected or scattered by the backscattering device;
    其中,所述至少一个第一候选节点包括:第三感知节点的至少一个第一候选节点。Wherein, the at least one first candidate node includes: at least one first candidate node of the third sensing node.
  17. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 14, wherein the method further includes:
    所述第一候选节点接收所述第一设备发送的切换命令,确定所述第一候选节点为目标节点;所述切换命令用于通知目标节点执行所述第一感知;The first candidate node receives the switching command sent by the first device and determines the first candidate node to be the target node; the switching command is used to notify the target node to perform the first sensing;
    根据所述切换命令继续执行所述第一感知。The first sensing is continued according to the switching command.
  18. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 14, wherein the method further includes:
    若所述第一候选节点未接收到第一设备发送的切换命令,停止执行所述第一感知。If the first candidate node does not receive the switching command sent by the first device, it stops performing the first sensing.
  19. 一种切换处理方法,包括:A switching processing method includes:
    第二候选反向散射设备接收第一设备发送切换请求信息,所述切换请求信息用于请求所述第二候选反向散射设备作为第一感知切换后的感知反向散射设备;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;The second candidate backscattering device receives switching request information sent by the first device, and the switching request information is used to request the second candidate backscattering device to serve as the sensing backscattering device after the first sensing switch; the first sensing backscattering device Perception involves the participation of backscattering devices;
    所述第二候选反向散射设备向所述第一设备发送切换应答信息,所述切换应答信息用于指示对应的第二候选反向散射设备同意作为切换后的感知反向散射设备;The second candidate backscattering device sends switching response information to the first device, where the switching response information is used to indicate that the corresponding second candidate backscattering device agrees to serve as the switched sensing backscattering device;
    第一候选反向散射设备接收第一设备发送的参数配置信息;所述参数配置信息用于配置所述第一候选反向散射设备参与第一感知的感知参数;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;所述第一候选反向散射设备包括:第二候选反向散射设备中同意切换的候选反向散射设备;The first candidate backscattering device receives the parameter configuration information sent by the first device; the parameter configuration information is used to configure the sensing parameters of the first candidate backscattering device to participate in the first sensing; the first sensing is reverse Perception of the participation of scattering devices; the first candidate backscattering device includes: candidate backscattering devices among the second candidate backscattering devices that agree to switch;
    所述第一候选反向散射设备根据所述参数配置信息,进行所述第一感知对应的第一信号的反射或散射;接收所述第一信号的节点根据接收到的第一信号获得所述第一感知的感知测量量的测量值;所述感知测量量的测量值用于辅助所述第一设备从所述至少一个第一候选反向散射设备中确定参与所述第一感知的至少一个目标反向散射设备。The first candidate backscattering device performs reflection or scattering of the first signal corresponding to the first perception according to the parameter configuration information; the node receiving the first signal obtains the first signal according to the received first signal. A measurement value of a sensing measurement quantity of the first perception; the measurement value of the perception measurement quantity is used to assist the first device in determining at least one participating device in the first perception from the at least one first candidate backscattering device. Target backscatter equipment.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 19, further comprising:
    所述第一候选反向散射设备接收所述第一设备发送的切换命令,确定所述第一候选反向散射设备为目标反向散射设备;所述切换命令用于通知目标反向散射设备参与所述第一感知;The first candidate backscattering device receives the switching command sent by the first device, and determines the first candidate backscattering device to be the target backscattering device; the switching command is used to notify the target backscattering device to participate said first perception;
    根据所述切换命令继续参与所述第一感知。Continue to participate in the first perception according to the switching command.
  21. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 19, further comprising:
    若所述第一候选反向散射设备未接收到第一设备发送的切换命令,停止参与所述第一感知。If the first candidate backscattering device does not receive the switching command sent by the first device, it stops participating in the first sensing.
  22. 一种切换处理装置,包括:A switching processing device, including:
    第一发送模块,用于向至少一个第二候选节点和/或至少一个第二候选反向散射设备发送切换请求信息,所述切换请求信息用于请求所述第二候选节点作为第一感知切换后的感知节点,和/或,用于请求所述第二候选反向散射设备作为第一感知切换后的感知反向散射设备;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知; A first sending module, configured to send switching request information to at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, where the switching request information is used to request the second candidate node to serve as a first sensing switch The subsequent sensing node, and/or, is used to request the second candidate backscattering device as the sensing backscattering device after the first sensing switch; the first sensing is the sensing in which the backscattering device participates;
    第一接收模块,用于接收至少一个第二候选节点和/或至少一个第二候选反向散射设备发送的切换应答信息,所述切换应答信息用于指示对应的第二候选节点和/或第二候选反向散射设备同意作为切换后的感知节点和/或感知反向散射设备;A first receiving module configured to receive switching response information sent by at least one second candidate node and/or at least one second candidate backscattering device, where the switching response information is used to indicate the corresponding second candidate node and/or the third candidate node. The two candidate backscattering devices agree to serve as sensing nodes and/or sensing backscattering devices after switching;
    第一确定模块,用于根据所述切换应答信息,从同意切换的候选节点和/或候选反向散射设备中确定至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备;A first determination module, configured to determine at least one target node and/or at least one target backscatter device from candidate nodes and/or candidate backscatter devices that agree to switch, based on the handover response information;
    第二发送模块,用于向至少一个目标节点和/或至少一个目标反向散射设备发送切换命令,所述切换命令用于通知目标节点执行所述第一感知,和/或通知目标反向散射设备参与所述第一感知。A second sending module, configured to send a switching command to at least one target node and/or at least one target backscattering device, where the switching command is used to notify the target node to perform the first sensing, and/or to notify the target backscattering device. The device participates in said first perception.
  23. 一种第一设备,包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,其中,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至13任一项所述的切换处理方法的步骤。A first device, including a processor and a memory, the memory storing a program or instructions executable on the processor, wherein the program or instructions when executed by the processor implement claims 1 to 13 The steps of switching the processing method described in any one of the above.
  24. 一种切换处理装置,包括:A switching processing device, including:
    第二接收模块,用于接收第一设备发送的切换请求信息,所述切换请求信息用于请求第二候选节点作为第一感知切换后的感知节点;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;The second receiving module is used to receive the switching request information sent by the first device. The switching request information is used to request the second candidate node to serve as the sensing node after the first sensing switch; the first sensing is the participation of the backscattering device. perception;
    第三发送模块,用于向所述第一设备发送切换应答信息,所述切换应答信息用于指示对应的第二候选节点同意作为切换后的感知节点;A third sending module, configured to send switching response information to the first device, where the switching response information is used to indicate that the corresponding second candidate node agrees to serve as the sensing node after switching;
    第三接收模块,用于接收第一设备发送的参数配置信息;所述参数配置信息用于配置第一候选节点执行第一感知的感知参数;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;The third receiving module is used to receive parameter configuration information sent by the first device; the parameter configuration information is used to configure the sensing parameters of the first candidate node to perform the first sensing; the first sensing is sensing involving the backscattering device ;
    第一感知处理模块,用于根据所述参数配置信息,进行所述第一感知对应的第一信号的发送和/或接收;A first perception processing module, configured to send and/or receive the first signal corresponding to the first perception according to the parameter configuration information;
    其中,接收所述第一信号的节点根据接收到的第一信号获得所述第一感知的感知测量量的测量值;所述感知测量量的测量值用于辅助所述第一设备从所述至少一个第一候选节点中确定执行所述第一感知的至少一个目标节点。Wherein, the node receiving the first signal obtains the measured value of the first perceived perceptual measurement quantity according to the received first signal; the measured value of the perceptual measurement quantity is used to assist the first device to obtain the perceptual measurement quantity from the first signal. At least one target node for performing the first sensing is determined among at least one first candidate node.
  25. 一种节点,包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,其中,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求14至18任一项所述的切换处理方法的步骤。A node includes a processor and a memory, the memory stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor, wherein when the program or instructions are executed by the processor, any one of claims 14 to 18 is implemented. Steps for switching processing methods as described in item 1.
  26. 一种切换处理装置,包括:A switching processing device, including:
    第四接收模块,用于接收第一设备发送切换请求信息,所述切换请求信息用于请求第二候选反向散射设备作为第一感知切换后的感知反向散射设备;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知;The fourth receiving module is configured to receive switching request information sent by the first device, where the switching request information is used to request the second candidate backscattering device as the sensing backscattering device after the first sensing switch; the first sensing is Perception of involvement of backscatter equipment;
    第四发送模块,用于向所述第一设备发送切换应答信息,所述切换应答信息用于指示对应的第二候选反向散射设备同意作为切换后的感知反向散射设备;A fourth sending module, configured to send switching response information to the first device, where the switching response information is used to indicate that the corresponding second candidate backscattering device agrees to serve as the switched sensing backscattering device;
    第五接收模块,用于接收第一设备发送的参数配置信息;所述参数配置信息用于配置第一候选反向散射设备参与第一感知的感知参数;所述第一感知为反向散射设备参与的感知; The fifth receiving module is used to receive parameter configuration information sent by the first device; the parameter configuration information is used to configure the sensing parameters of the first candidate backscattering device to participate in the first sensing; the first sensing is the backscattering device perception of participation;
    第二感知处理模块,用于根据所述参数配置信息,进行所述第一感知对应的第一信号的反射或散射;接收所述第一信号的节点根据接收到的第一信号获得所述第一感知的感知测量量的测量值;所述感知测量量的测量值用于辅助所述第一设备从所述至少一个第一候选反向散射设备中确定参与所述第一感知的至少一个目标反向散射设备。The second perception processing module is configured to perform reflection or scattering of the first signal corresponding to the first perception according to the parameter configuration information; the node receiving the first signal obtains the first signal according to the received first signal. A measured value of a perceived sensing measurement quantity; the measured value of the sensing measurement quantity is used to assist the first device in determining at least one target participating in the first sensing from the at least one first candidate backscattering device Backscatter equipment.
  27. 一种反向散射设备,包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,其中,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求19至21任一项所述的切换处理方法的步骤。A backscattering device includes a processor and a memory, the memory stores a program or instructions that can be run on the processor, wherein when the program or instructions are executed by the processor, the implementation of claims 19 to The steps of switching the processing method described in any one of 21.
  28. 一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质上存储程序或指令,其中,所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1-13任一项所述的切换处理方法的步骤,或者实现如权利要求14至18任一项所述的切换处理方法的步骤,或者实现如权利要求19至21任一项所述的切换处理方法的步骤。 A readable storage medium on which a program or instructions are stored, wherein when the program or instructions are executed by a processor, the steps of the switching processing method as described in any one of claims 1-13 are implemented, Either implement the steps of the handover processing method as described in any one of claims 14 to 18, or implement the steps of the handover processing method as described in any one of claims 19 to 21.
PCT/CN2023/116645 2022-09-09 2023-09-04 Switching processing method and apparatus, and device WO2024051619A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202211105490.2A CN117729590A (en) 2022-09-09 2022-09-09 Switching processing method, device and equipment
CN202211105490.2 2022-09-09

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024051619A1 true WO2024051619A1 (en) 2024-03-14

Family

ID=90192012

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/116645 WO2024051619A1 (en) 2022-09-09 2023-09-04 Switching processing method and apparatus, and device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117729590A (en)
WO (1) WO2024051619A1 (en)

Citations (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040228304A1 (en) * 2003-03-10 2004-11-18 Matthias Riedel QoS-awar handover procedure for IP-based mobile ad-hoc network environments
CN103249110A (en) * 2013-05-08 2013-08-14 南京大学 Dynamic-tree-based wireless sensor network target tracking method
GB2507437A (en) * 2010-04-30 2014-04-30 Nokia Solutions & Networks Oy Handover from a relay node
EP2800449A1 (en) * 2013-05-02 2014-11-05 Alcatel Lucent A communication method, telecommunications system, source node and target node for establishing an X2 connection between the source node and the target node
KR101590295B1 (en) * 2015-01-30 2016-02-01 세종대학교산학협력단 Wi-Fi Backscatter System Including Intermediate reader and Method For Cooperative Communication using The Same
US9264960B1 (en) * 2014-05-06 2016-02-16 Sprint Spectrum L.P. Systems and methods for determinng access node candidates for handover of wireless devices
US20160277981A1 (en) * 2014-03-20 2016-09-22 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) A First Network Node, a Second Network Node and Methods Therein for Handover Preparation
CN108471620A (en) * 2018-05-28 2018-08-31 河南科技大学 Geographical opportunistic routing protocol based on frequency spectrum perception
WO2018214273A1 (en) * 2017-05-26 2018-11-29 Jrd Communication Inc. Communication handover method and apparatus
CN114554562A (en) * 2022-04-14 2022-05-27 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Neighbor cell switching method, device, base station and storage medium
WO2022152089A1 (en) * 2021-01-15 2022-07-21 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Information transmission method and device thereof
CN116170097A (en) * 2021-11-25 2023-05-26 维沃软件技术有限公司 Wireless sensing method, device, network equipment and terminal
WO2023116755A1 (en) * 2021-12-24 2023-06-29 维沃移动通信有限公司 Positioning sensing method and apparatus, sensing measurement method and apparatus, and terminal and network-side device

Patent Citations (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040228304A1 (en) * 2003-03-10 2004-11-18 Matthias Riedel QoS-awar handover procedure for IP-based mobile ad-hoc network environments
GB2507437A (en) * 2010-04-30 2014-04-30 Nokia Solutions & Networks Oy Handover from a relay node
EP2800449A1 (en) * 2013-05-02 2014-11-05 Alcatel Lucent A communication method, telecommunications system, source node and target node for establishing an X2 connection between the source node and the target node
CN103249110A (en) * 2013-05-08 2013-08-14 南京大学 Dynamic-tree-based wireless sensor network target tracking method
US20160277981A1 (en) * 2014-03-20 2016-09-22 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) A First Network Node, a Second Network Node and Methods Therein for Handover Preparation
US9264960B1 (en) * 2014-05-06 2016-02-16 Sprint Spectrum L.P. Systems and methods for determinng access node candidates for handover of wireless devices
KR101590295B1 (en) * 2015-01-30 2016-02-01 세종대학교산학협력단 Wi-Fi Backscatter System Including Intermediate reader and Method For Cooperative Communication using The Same
WO2018214273A1 (en) * 2017-05-26 2018-11-29 Jrd Communication Inc. Communication handover method and apparatus
CN108471620A (en) * 2018-05-28 2018-08-31 河南科技大学 Geographical opportunistic routing protocol based on frequency spectrum perception
WO2022152089A1 (en) * 2021-01-15 2022-07-21 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Information transmission method and device thereof
CN116170097A (en) * 2021-11-25 2023-05-26 维沃软件技术有限公司 Wireless sensing method, device, network equipment and terminal
WO2023116755A1 (en) * 2021-12-24 2023-06-29 维沃移动通信有限公司 Positioning sensing method and apparatus, sensing measurement method and apparatus, and terminal and network-side device
CN114554562A (en) * 2022-04-14 2022-05-27 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Neighbor cell switching method, device, base station and storage medium

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI, HISILICON: "Updated views on Passive IoT", 3GPP DRAFT; RP-212135, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. TSG RAN, no. Electronic Meeting; 20210913 - 20210917, 6 September 2021 (2021-09-06), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP052049420 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117729590A (en) 2024-03-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20240098534A1 (en) Communication sensing method and apparatus, and network device
WO2023093644A1 (en) Wireless sensing method and apparatus, and network side device and terminal
WO2023093646A1 (en) Wireless sensing method and apparatus, and network side device and terminal
WO2023093645A1 (en) Wireless sensing method and apparatus and network side device
WO2024051619A1 (en) Switching processing method and apparatus, and device
CN116156354A (en) Perceptual signal transmission processing method and device and related equipment
CN115696419A (en) Communication sensing method, device and equipment
CN116156605A (en) Sensing signal detection method, sensing signal detection processing method and related equipment
WO2023231868A1 (en) Perception mode switching method and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium
WO2023231846A1 (en) Sensing mode switching processing method and apparatus, communication device and readable storage medium
CN117715128A (en) Sensing mode switching method, device and equipment
CN117729589A (en) Conditional switching processing method, device and equipment
WO2023231840A1 (en) Measurement processing method and apparatus, communication device, and readable storage medium
CN117715127A (en) Sensing mode switching method, device and equipment
WO2023231867A1 (en) Sensing mode switching method and apparatus and communication device
WO2023185921A1 (en) Information indication method and apparatus, indication acquisition method and apparatus, and device and storage medium
WO2023231842A1 (en) Sensing mode switching method and apparatus, terminal and network side device
WO2024061065A1 (en) Preamble sending method, terminal and storage medium
WO2023226826A1 (en) Sensing method and apparatus, and communication device
WO2023231844A1 (en) Perception measurement method and apparatus, and device, terminal and storage medium
WO2023241449A1 (en) Measurement processing method and apparatus, and device
WO2023185910A1 (en) Information indication method and apparatus, information receiving method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
WO2023001179A1 (en) Communication sensing method, apparatus and device
WO2023083131A1 (en) Perception method and apparatus, and communication device
WO2022253238A1 (en) Message transmission method, signal sending method and device, and communication device